<PAGE> 1
Pursuant to Rule 424(B)3
Registration No. 333-34855
333-34855-01
333-34855-02
333-34855-03
333-34855-04
333-34855-05
333-34855-06
333-34855-07
333-34855-08
333-34855-09
333-34855-10
333-34855-11
333-34855-12
333-34855-13
333-34855-14
333-34855-15
333-34855-16
333-34855-17
333-34855-18
333-34855-19
333-34855-20
PROSPECTUS
[MARSH LOGO]
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
UP TO $150,000,000 OF
8 7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007, SERIES B
FOR ANY AND ALL OF THE OUTSTANDING
8 7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007
OF
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME,
ON DECEMBER 3, 1997, UNLESS EXTENDED.
Marsh Supermarkets, Inc., an Indiana corporation (the "Company"), hereby
offers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal (the "Letter of
Transmittal" and, together with this Prospectus, the "Exchange Offer"), to
exchange an aggregate of up to $150,000,000 principal amount of 8 7/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2007, Series B (the "Exchange Notes"), which have been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"),
for an identical face amount of the issued and outstanding 8 7/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "144A Notes" and, together with the Exchange
Notes, the "Notes") of the Company from the Holders (as defined herein) thereof
in integral multiples of $1,000. As of the date of this Prospectus, there is
$150,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the 144A Notes outstanding. The
terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects to the 144A
Notes, except that the Exchange Notes have been registered under the Securities
Act, and therefore will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not
contain certain provisions providing for an increase in the interest rate
payable on the 144A Notes under certain circumstances relating to the
Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein), which provisions will
terminate as to all of the Notes upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer.
The Exchange Notes will be obligations of the Company evidencing the same
indebtedness as the 144A Notes, and will be entitled to the benefits of the same
Indenture (as defined herein). See "Exchange Offer."
Interest on the Exchange Notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on
February 1 and August 1 in each year, commencing February 1, 1998. The Exchange
Notes will mature on August 1, 2007. The Exchange Notes are redeemable at any
time on or after August 1, 2002 at the option of the Company, in whole or in
part, at the redemption prices set forth herein, together with accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. Upon the occurrence of a
Change of Control (as defined herein), each holder of the Exchange Notes may
require the Company to purchase all or a portion of such holder's Exchange Notes
at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, together with
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. There can be no
assurance that the Company will have sufficient funds necessary to repurchase
the Exchange Notes. The provisions of the Indenture allow the Company to incur
additional indebtedness, including Senior Indebtedness, subject to certain
limitations. The provisions of the Indenture do not require the Company to
repurchase the Exchange Notes in the event of highly leveraged or certain other
transactions if such transaction is not a transaction defined as a Change of
Control. See "Description of the Exchange Notes -- Certain Covenants."
The Exchange Notes will be unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the
Company and, as such, will be subordinated in right of payment to all existing
and future senior indebtedness of the Company. The Exchange Notes will rank pari
passu in right of payment with all other existing and future senior subordinated
indebtedness, if any, of the Company, and senior in right of payment to all
existing and future subordinated indebtedness, if any, of the Company. THE
COMPANY HAS NOT ISSUED, AND DOES NOT HAVE ANY CURRENT ARRANGEMENTS TO ISSUE, ANY
SIGNIFICANT ADDITIONAL INDEBTEDNESS TO WHICH THE NOTES WOULD BE SENIOR,
SUBORDINATE OR RANK PARI PASSU IN RIGHT OF PAYMENT. THE NOTES WILL BE
EFFECTIVELY SUBORDINATE TO ESSENTIALLY ALL OF THE CURRENTLY OUTSTANDING
INDEBTEDNESS OF THE COMPANY AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES. The Exchange Notes will be
fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior
subordinated basis (the "Guarantees") by all of the Company's subsidiaries
(other than three inconsequential subsidiaries) (the "Guarantors" and, together
with the Company, the "Issuers"). The Guarantees will be unsecured senior
subordinated obligations of the Guarantors and will be subordinated to all
existing and future Guarantor Senior Indebtedness (as defined herein). See
"Description of the Exchange Notes -- Ranking." The Company has $70.0 million in
available credit, under its existing revolving credit agreements and notes
payable to banks, which is senior in right of payment to the Notes. As of
September 13, 1997, after giving effect to the offering of the 144A Notes and
the application of the net proceeds therefrom, the Company and the Guarantors
had outstanding $216.1 million of aggregate principal amount of indebtedness, of
which $46.2 million ranked senior in right of payment to the Exchange Notes and
the Guarantees (all of which was secured) and approximately $19.9 million was
subordinated in right of payment to the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees. As of
the date of this Prospectus, virtually all of the consolidated assets of the
Company were held by the Guarantors and virtually all of the Company's cash flow
and net income was generated by the Guarantors. Therefore, the Company's ability
to make interest and principal payments when due to holders of the Exchange
Notes is dependent, in part, upon the receipt of sufficient funds from its
subsidiaries.
(cover page continued on next page)
SEE "RISK FACTORS," BEGINNING ON PAGE 13, FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN
FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PARTICIPANTS IN THE EXCHANGE
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
UNTIL JANUARY 29, 1998, (90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
The Date of this Prospectus is October 31, 1997.
<PAGE> 2
The Company will accept for exchange any and all validly tendered 144A
Notes on or prior to the Expiration Date (as defined herein). Tenders of 144A
Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration Date; otherwise such tenders are irrevocable. The Exchange Offer
is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of 144A Notes being
tendered for exchange. For certain conditions to the Exchange Offer, see "The
Exchange Offer -- Conditions."
The 144A Notes were offered and sold on August 5, 1997 at a price of
$991.85 per $1,000 principal amount of Notes. For federal income tax purposes,
the amount of original issue discount on the 144A Notes is considered to be de
minimis and is treated as zero. See "Description of Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences of an Investment in the Notes."
The 144A Notes were offered and sold in a transaction not registered under
the Securities Act in reliance upon an exemption from the registration
requirements thereof. In general the 144A Notes may not be offered or sold
unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption
from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act.
The Exchange Notes are being offered hereby in order to satisfy certain
obligations of the Company contained in the Registration Rights Agreement. The
Company has agreed to pay the expenses of the Exchange Offer. Based on
interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, the
Company believes that the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer
in exchange for 144A Notes may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise
transferred by any Holder thereof (other than any such Holder that is an
"affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 promulgated under the
Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired
in the ordinary course of such Holder's business and such Holder is not engaged
in and does not intend to engage in a distribution of such Exchange Notes. In
some cases, certain broker-dealers may be required to deliver a prospectus in
connection with the resale of such Exchange Notes.
This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time,
may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with any resale of Exchange Notes
received in exchange for such 144A Notes where such 144A Notes were acquired by
such broker-dealer for its own account as a result of market-making activities
or other trading activities (other than 144A Notes acquired directly from the
Company). The Company has agreed that it will make this Prospectus available to
any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.
Prior to this Exchange Offer, there has been no public market for the 144A
Notes or Exchange Notes. If a market for the Exchange Notes should develop, the
Exchange Notes could trade at a discount from their principal amount. The
Company does not intend to list the Exchange Notes on any securities exchange
nor does the Company intend to apply for quotation of the Exchange Notes on the
NASDAQ National Market or other quotation system. The Initial Purchasers (as
defined herein) have indicated to the Company that they intend to make a market
in the Notes, but are not obligated to do so and such market-making activities
may be discontinued at any time. As a result, no assurance can be given that an
active trading market for the Exchange Notes will develop.
The Exchange Notes issued pursuant to this Exchange Offer will be issued in
the form of Global Exchange Notes (as defined herein), which will be deposited
with, or on behalf of, The Depository Trust Company (the "Depository" or "DTC")
and registered in its name or in the name of Cede & Co., its nominee. Beneficial
interests in the Global Exchange Notes representing the Exchange Notes will be
shown on, and transfers thereof will be effected through, records maintained by
the DTC and its participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, 144A Notes held in
certificated form will be exchanged solely for Certificated Exchange Notes (as
defined herein). After the initial issuance of the Global Exchange Notes,
Certificated Exchange Notes will be issued in exchange for the Global Exchange
Notes only on the terms set forth in the Indenture. See "Description of the
Exchange Notes -- Book-Entry, Delivery and Form."
ii
<PAGE> 3
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and in accordance
therewith files reports, proxy statements and other information with the
Commission. The reports, proxy statements and other information filed by the
Company with the Commission can be inspected and copied at the public reference
facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and should be available at the Commission's Regional
Offices at 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048, and 500
West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60621 and at the offices of
the Nasdaq National Market, 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. Copies
of such material can also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the
Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed
rates. In addition, the Commission maintains a Web site (http://www.sec.gov)
that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information
regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission.
While any 144A Notes remain outstanding, the Company will make available,
upon request, to any holder and any prospective purchaser of 144A Notes the
information required pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act during
any period in which the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act. Any such request should be directed to the Company at 9800
Crosspoint Boulevard, Indianapolis, Indiana 46256-3350.
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
The following documents are incorporated herein by reference:
1. The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 29,
1997, as amended by Form 10K/A filed July 15, 1997;
2. The Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
21, 1997; and
3. The Company's Current Reports on Form 8-K dated July 18, 1997 and August
5, 1997.
All documents subsequently filed by the registrant pursuant to Section
13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, prior to the consummation of the
Exchange Offer, shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference herein.
Any statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded
for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein
modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or
superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to
constitute a part of this Prospectus.
UNTIL JANUARY 29, 1998 (90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
THIS PROSPECTUS INCORPORATES DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE WHICH ARE NOT PRESENTED
HEREIN OR DELIVERED HEREWITH. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST FROM P.
LAWRENCE BUTT, VICE PRESIDENT, COUNSEL AND SECRETARY, MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.,
9800 CROSSPOINT BOULEVARD, INDIANAPOLIS, INDIANA 46256-3350, (317) 594-2100. IN
ORDER TO ENSURE TIMELY DELIVERY OF THE DOCUMENTS, ANY REQUEST SHOULD BE MADE BY
NOVEMBER 25, 1997 (DATE FIVE BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE ON WHICH THE FINAL
INVESTMENT DECISION MUST BE MADE).
iii
<PAGE> 4
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
The following is a summary of certain information contained elsewhere in
this Prospectus. The following summary information is qualified in its entirety
by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed
information and the Consolidated Financial Statements, including the notes
thereto, of the Company appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. References
herein to the "Company" refer to Marsh Supermarkets, Inc. and its consolidated
subsidiaries. All references to supermarket market share are made as of July 29,
1997 and are based upon surveys of Indianapolis and the surrounding 13 counties
by Information Resources Inc. All references to fiscal years in this Prospectus
refer to the fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to April 1 of the year
indicated (e.g., fiscal 1997 refers to the fiscal year ended March 29, 1997).
The Company's fiscal year generally consists of 12-week quarters, except the
second quarter which consists of 16 weeks.
THE COMPANY
The Company is a leading regional retailer and distributor of food products
and services operating in Indiana and western Ohio. The Company operates 89
Marsh(R) and LoBill Foods(R) supermarkets and 182 Village Pantry(R) convenience
stores. Through Convenience Store Distributing Company(R) ("CSDC"), the Company
distributes a broad range of products to its Village Pantry stores and
approximately 1,400 unaffiliated convenience stores in a 10 state area. Through
Crystal Food Services(TM) ("Crystal Food Services"), the Company provides a
broad range of other food services, including catering, concession services,
vending and cafeteria management. During fiscal 1997, the Company had
consolidated sales and other revenues and EBITDA (as defined herein) of $1.5
billion and $52.1 million, respectively.
The Company operates 73 full-service supermarkets under the "Marsh" name
and 16 value-oriented supermarkets under the "LoBill" name. See
"Business -- Supermarkets." Since commencing operations in 1931, the Company has
developed a modern store base with many prime locations, strong brand name
recognition and a reputation for superior quality and service. In the
Indianapolis area, the Company's supermarkets have a 30% market share. Marsh
supermarkets feature an extensive line of traditional grocery items as well as a
broad array of service and specialty departments including delicatessens,
bakeries, prepared foods, prime cut meats, fresh seafood, floral and video
rental. LoBill supermarkets target the price conscious shopper by emphasizing
every day low prices and a value-oriented product mix, including products sold
under the Company's "Marsh" and "Yorktown(R)" labels. The complementary Marsh
and LoBill supermarket formats allow the Company to maximize its operating
flexibility by tailoring stores to the demographics of individual locations. See
"Business -- Supermarkets -- Complimentary and Flexible Supermarket Formats."
The Company's Marsh and LoBill supermarkets average approximately 40,000 and
27,000 square feet, respectively, and during fiscal 1997, had average weekly
revenues per store of $232,400 and $113,700, respectively. During fiscal 1997,
supermarket operations accounted for 68.9% of consolidated sales and other
revenues.
Village Pantry stores offer a broad selection of grocery, bakery, dairy and
delicatessen items, including freshly prepared coffee, pastry products,
sandwiches and other food products prepared daily on site. See
"Business -- Village Pantry." Approximately 57% of the Company's convenience
stores offer petroleum products. Recently, the Company entered into an agreement
with Shell Oil Company to offer Shell brand gasoline in certain stores. See
"Business -- Village Pantry." Village Pantry stores currently average
approximately 2,800 square feet. However, over the past several years, the
Company has focused on developing larger Village Pantry stores with
approximately 4,500 square feet which offer a broader variety of products
prepared daily and sit-down eating areas. During fiscal 1997, larger Village
Pantry stores (in excess of 3,500 square feet) experienced 6.7% growth in
average weekly revenues per store compared to 2.7% growth in smaller Village
Pantry stores. Village Pantry operations accounted for 12.6% of consolidated
sales and other revenues in fiscal 1997.
CSDC(R) distributes over 9,500 products, including tobacco products,
groceries, snack items, housewares and health and beauty care products to
Village Pantry stores and approximately 1,400 unaffiliated convenience stores in
a 10 state area. See "Business -- Convenience Store Distributing Company." CSDC
distributes
1
<PAGE> 5
products from a 210,000 square foot warehouse and distribution facility in
Richmond, Indiana. The Company believes that the distribution of products to
Village Pantry and unaffiliated stores results in efficiencies in purchasing and
distribution. Crystal Food Services provides exclusive catering services at 10
banquet facilities located in the Indianapolis market and special event catering
at a number of venues, including the Indianapolis Motor Speedway, the RCA Tennis
Championships, the Horizon Convention Center and the Indiana State Fairgrounds
Event Center. Crystal Food Services also provides concession services, cafeteria
management and vending services. During fiscal 1997, CSDC and Crystal Food
Services accounted for 16.7% and 1.6% of consolidated sales and other revenues,
respectively.
BUSINESS STRENGTHS
The Company believes it is well-positioned to build upon its historical
success by capitalizing on its competitive strengths, including the following:
Leading Market Position. Each of the Company's divisions is a leading
provider of products and services in its market area. The Company operates more
supermarkets in Indianapolis and the surrounding 13 counties than any of its
competitors. The Company's supermarkets have a 30% market share in the
Indianapolis area and have been able to maintain their market share despite the
entry of a substantial competitor and the opening of 28 stores by competitors in
the last two fiscal years. Village Pantry operates the largest number of
convenience stores operated by any chain in the Company's market area. According
to industry sources, CSDC ranks fourteenth nationally among the largest
wholesale distributors of products to convenience stores, and the Company
believes CSDC is one of the leading distributors to convenience stores in its
market area. Crystal Food Services is the largest provider of catering services
in the Indianapolis area.
Diversified Food Service Retailer and Distributor. Since 1931, the Company
has evolved into a diversified retailer and distributor of food products and
services through the strategic development of its convenience store,
distribution and catering businesses. This diversification has enabled the
Company to (i) increase its purchasing power and distribution efficiencies, (ii)
increase the number of higher margin products and services offered in its
supermarkets and convenience stores, such as prepared foods and home meal
replacement items, and (iii) supplement its supermarket revenues.
Reputation for Quality and Customer Service. The Company has established a
reputation as a provider of superior quality and service to its customers,
resulting in strong brand name recognition and customer loyalty. The Company
strives to deliver superior customer service and satisfaction by using targeted
departmental staffing in its full-service specialty departments and by offering
customer service "guarantees" such as opening a new checkout line if more than
three customers are in a single checkout line. The Company has been a leader in
conducting consumer surveys to determine customer tastes and preferences and in
implementing innovations designed to improve customer service. The Company was
the first supermarket chain to scan the UPC code using electronic scanning
checkout systems and, in the 1960's, the Company began accepting credit cards as
a means of payment. All of the Company's supermarkets and convenience stores are
open seven days a week, and most are open 24 hours a day.
Strong Operating Efficiencies due to Geographic Concentration. All of the
Company's supermarkets and convenience stores are located in Indiana and western
Ohio, substantially all of which are located within 150 miles of the Company's
headquarters. The Company believes that the close proximity of its warehouse,
distribution and headquarters facilities to its supermarkets and convenience
stores results in more efficient management supervision of the Company's
operations, increased speed of delivery and lower distribution and
transportation costs. Approximately 80% of food deliveries to the Company's
supermarkets are 80 miles or less. The Company also benefits from advertising
efficiencies as the Indianapolis television market covers approximately 80% of
the Company's stores. All of the stores which the Company expects to open in the
next two fiscal years will be within 150 miles of the Company's headquarters.
Prime Real Estate Locations. The Company's 66 years of operation in the
Indianapolis area have allowed it to establish prime store locations in urban
and suburban areas which the Company believes would be difficult for a
competitor to replicate.
2
<PAGE> 6
Experienced Management Team. The Company's management has substantial
experience in each of its operating divisions. The Company's President and the
principal operating officers of the Company's supermarket, Village Pantry, CSDC
and Crystal Food Services operations have on average more than 25 years of
experience with the Company. The Company believes that this experience has been
invaluable in successfully implementing the Company's business strategy during a
period of intense competition. The Company's directors and executive officers
own beneficially an aggregate of 21.4% of the Company's Class A Common Stock and
18.6% of the Company's Class B Common Stock.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
The Company's strategic objective is to enhance its position as a leading
regional food service retailer and distributor of food products by (i) expanding
its business through new store openings, margin expansion, new products and
services, and comparable store sales growth and (ii) evaluating acquisition
opportunities.
Development of Larger Stores. The Company believes the development of
larger Marsh supermarkets, which provide customers with a broad array of
services and specialty departments in addition to traditional grocery items,
enhances margins and increases customer traffic and loyalty. The Company has
been a leader in broadening the scope of specialty products and services
provided in its supermarkets, such as prepared foods and home meal replacement
items, which are geared toward the increasing convenience orientation of
customers. The Company expects to devote a greater proportion of new and
remodeled stores to such specialty departments. During fiscal 1998 and 1999, the
Company expects to open three Marsh and two LoBill supermarkets and 15 Village
Pantry stores. The Company expects to focus future development of Marsh
supermarkets on food and drug combination stores of approximately 55,000 to
75,000 square feet, approximately 5,000 square feet of which is devoted to
warehouse-type merchandising of bulk pack merchandise. The Company's development
of Village Pantry stores will continue to focus on larger stores of
approximately 4,500 square feet, which offer sit-down eating areas and a broad
array of higher margin products, including in-store prepared coffee, pastry
products, sandwiches, pizza and broasted chicken.
Complementary and Flexible Supermarket Formats. The Company's
value-oriented LoBill format complements the full-service Marsh format by
enabling the Company to maximize operating flexibility by tailoring stores to
the demographics of individual locations and responding to changing
demographics. The Company's LoBill format provides an alternative to the Marsh
supermarket (i) in certain urban markets where changing demographics have
resulted in more price conscious customers who choose price-oriented food stores
over traditional full-service supermarkets and (ii) in smaller communities that
are better suited for the LoBill format. Moreover, both the Marsh and LoBill
formats are flexible and can be tailored to meet the demands of individual store
sites in their respective communities.
Innovative Marketing Strategies. The Company has been a leader in
developing and implementing marketing strategies specifically targeted to
individual shoppers. For example, in fiscal 1994, the Company introduced a
frequent shopper card program, entitled Fresh I.D.E.A.(R) The Company is the
only major supermarket chain to offer a frequent shopper program in its market
area. The Company has issued over 1.0 million Fresh I.D.E.A. cards which
function as check cashing and video rental cards and automatically provide
electronic coupons. The card also provides the Company with information on the
frequency of use and merchandise selection of the user, enabling the Company to
implement specific marketing strategies aimed at its most valuable and loyal
customers. The Company estimates that over 70% of supermarket sales are
currently derived from holders of Fresh I.D.E.A. cards. Other marketing
strategies adopted by the Company include the "Fresh Express" home delivery
service and the "Chef Fresh" take-out food program which provides freshly
prepared, ready-to-eat meals.
Higher Margin Products and Proprietary Brands. The Company intends to
emphasize and increase sales of products in its specialty departments, such as
prepared foods and home meal replacement items, which typically carry higher
margins than other grocery products. The Company believes that customers are
increasingly convenience oriented and interested in such products, including
seafood, delicatessen and bakery items. The Company is also attempting to
increase sales of proprietary brands, including its "Marsh" and "Yorktown"
brands. Proprietary brands typically carry higher margins than comparable
branded products and
3
<PAGE> 7
also result in increased customer loyalty. Sales of proprietary brands increased
from 8.7% of supermarket sales in fiscal 1996 to 9.5% in fiscal 1997.
Strategic Capital Investments and Acquisitions. The Company intends to
continue to invest significantly in its management information systems,
including a computer-assisted reordering system. The Company anticipates
spending approximately $12.5 million in fiscal 1998 on management information
systems. In addition, the Company continually seeks opportunities to acquire
additional stores, small supermarket chains and complementary businesses, such
as the 1995 acquisitions of Martz & Associates Food Services ("Martz") and
Crystal Catering of Indiana, Inc. ("Crystal Catering"). Although the Company
enters discussions from time to time with various parties, the Company has no
pending or current plans, arrangements, understandings or agreements with
respect to any additional acquisitions at the present time.
Cost Savings Strategies. During fiscal 1997, the Company implemented a
corporate restructuring pursuant to which the Company's supermarket and Village
Pantry operations were organized as wholly-owned limited liability companies and
their intellectual property was transferred to a passive investment company.
This restructuring is estimated to produce annual pre-tax savings of
approximately $3.0 million commencing in the first quarter of fiscal 1998. The
Company expects to achieve additional cost savings in fiscal 1998 in the areas
of labor management, transportation and check writing and processing.
THE 144A NOTE OFFERING
The 144A Notes............. The 144A Notes were sold by the Company in the 144A
Note Offering on August 5, 1997, and were
subsequently resold to Qualified Institutional
Buyers (as defined herein) pursuant to Rule 144A
under the Securities Act in a manner exempt from
registration under the Securities Act. See "Plan of
Distribution."
Registration Rights
Agreement.................. In connection with the 144A Note Offering, the
Company entered into the Registration Rights
Agreement, which grants Holders of the 144A Notes
certain exchange and registration rights. The
Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy such exchange
and registration rights, which generally terminate
upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer. See
"Exchange Offer; Registration Rights."
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Securities Offered......... $150,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of
8 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007, Series
B.
The Exchange Offer......... $1,000 principal amount of the Exchange Notes in
exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of 144A
Notes. As of the date hereof, $150,000,000 in
aggregate principal amount of 144A Notes are
outstanding. The Company will issue the Exchange
Notes to Holders on or promptly after the
Expiration Date. The terms of the Exchange Notes
are substantially identical in all material
respects (including principal amount, interest rate
and maturity) to the terms of the 144A Notes for
which they may be exchanged pursuant to the
Exchange Offer, except that the Exchange Notes are
freely transferable by holders thereof (other than
as provided herein), and are not subject to any
covenant regarding registration under the
Securities Act. See "The Exchange Offer." Other
than compliance with applicable federal and state
securities laws, including the requirement that the
Registration Statement be declared effective by the
Commission, there are no material federal or state
regulatory requirements to be complied with in
connection with the Exchange Offer.
4
<PAGE> 8
Interest Payments.......... The Exchange Notes will bear interest from August
5, 1997, the date of issuance of the 144A Notes, or
the most recent interest payment date to which
interest on such 144A Notes has been paid,
whichever is later. Accordingly, Holders of 144A
Notes that are accepted for exchange will not
receive interest on such 144A Notes that is accrued
but unpaid at the time of tender, but such interest
will be payable on the first interest payment date
after the Expiration Date. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Interest on the Exchange Notes."
Minimum Condition.......... The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any
minimum aggregate principal amount of 144A Notes
being tendered for exchange. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Conditions."
Expiration Date............ 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on December 3, 1997
unless the Exchange Offer is extended, in which
case the term "Expiration Date" means the latest
date and time to which the Exchange Offer is
extended. See "The Exchange Offer -- Expiration
Date; Extensions; Amendments."
Exchange Date.............. The date of acceptance for exchange of the 144A
Notes will be the first business day following the
Expiration Date. See "Exchange Offer; Registration
Rights."
Withdrawal Rights.......... Tenders may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
See "The Exchange Offer -- Withdrawal of Tenders."
Acceptance of 144A Notes
and Delivery of Exchange
Notes.................... The Company will accept for exchange any and all
144A Notes which are properly tendered in the
Exchange Offer prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date. The Exchange Notes
issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be
delivered promptly following the Expiration Date.
See "The Exchange Offer -- Terms of the Exchange
Offer."
Conditions to the Exchange
Offer...................... The Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary
conditions concerning changes to existing law and
governmental approvals. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Conditions."
Procedures for Tendering
144A Notes................. To tender pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a Holder
must complete, sign and date the accompanying
Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, have
the signatures therein guaranteed if required by
instruction 4 of the Letter of Transmittal, and
mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of
Transmittal, or such facsimile, together with the
144A Notes and any other required documentation to
the Exchange Agent (as defined herein) at the
address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New
York City time, on the Expiration Date. See "The
Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering" and
"Plan of Distribution." By executing the Letter of
Transmittal, each Holder will represent to the
Company that, among other things, the Holder or the
person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or
not such person is the Holder, is acquiring the
Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business
and that neither the Holder nor any such other
person intends to participate or has any
arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in the distribution of such
5
<PAGE> 9
Exchange Notes. In lieu of physical delivery of the
certificates representing 144A Notes, tendering
Holders may transfer 144A Notes pursuant to the
procedure for book-entry transfer as set forth
under "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for
Tendering."
Special Procedures for
Beneficial Owners.......... Any beneficial owner whose 144A Notes are
registered in the name of a broker, commercial
bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes
to tender in the Exchange Offer should contact such
registered holder promptly and instruct such
registered holder to tender on such beneficial
owner's behalf. If such beneficial owner wishes to
tender on such beneficial owner's own behalf, such
beneficial owner must, prior to completing and
executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering
the 144A Notes, either make appropriate
arrangements to register ownership of the 144A
Notes in such beneficial owner's name or obtain a
properly completed bond power from the registered
holder. The transfer of registered ownership may
take considerable time. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Procedures for Tendering."
Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures................. Holders of 144A Notes who wish to tender their 144A
Notes and whose 144A Notes are not immediately
available or who cannot deliver their 144A Notes,
the Letter of Transmittal or any other documents
required by the Letter of Transmittal to the
Exchange Agent (or comply with the requirements for
book-entry transfer) prior to the Expiration Date
must tender their 144A Notes according to the
guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in "The
Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."
Federal Income Tax
Consequences............. The issuance of the Exchange Notes to Holders
pursuant to the terms set forth in this Prospectus
will not constitute an exchange for federal income
tax purposes. Consequently, no gain or loss would
be recognized by Holders upon receipt of the
Exchange Notes. See "Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences of the Exchange Offer."
Use of Proceeds............ There will be no proceeds to the Company from the
exchange of 144A Notes pursuant to the Exchange
Offer. See "Use of Proceeds."
Exchange Agent............. State Street Bank and Trust Company is serving as
exchange agent (the "Exchange Agent") in connection
with the Exchange Offer. See "Exchange Offer --
Exchange Agent."
SUMMARY OF TERMS OF EXCHANGE NOTES
The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the form and terms
of the 144A Notes (which they replace) except that (i) the Exchange Notes have
been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear legends
restricting the transfer thereof, and (ii) the holders of Exchange Notes
generally will not be entitled to further registration rights under the
Registration Rights Agreement, which rights generally will be satisfied when the
Exchange Offer is consummated. The Exchange Notes will evidence the same debt as
the 144A Notes and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture. See
"Description of the Exchange Notes."
Securities Offered......... $150,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of
8 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007, Series
B.
Maturity Date.............. August 1, 2007.
6
<PAGE> 10
Interest Payment Dates..... February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing
February 1, 1998.
Optional Redemption........ The Exchange Notes are redeemable for cash at any
time on or after August 1, 2002, at the option of
the Company, in whole or in part, at the redemption
prices set forth herein, together with accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
See "Description of the Notes -- Optional
Redemption."
Guarantees................. The Exchange Notes will be fully and
unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally,
on a senior subordinated basis, by all of the
Company's subsidiaries (other than three
inconsequential subsidiaries). See "Description of
the Notes -- Guarantees."
Ranking.................... The Exchange Notes will be unsecured senior
subordinated obligations of the Company and, as
such, will be subordinated in right of payment to
all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the
Company. The Exchange Notes will rank pari passu in
right of payment with all other existing and future
senior Subordinated Indebtedness, if any, of the
Company, and senior in right of payment to all
existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness, if
any, of the Company. The Company has not issued,
and does not have any current arrangements to
issue, any significant additional indebtedness to
which the Notes would be senior, subordinate or
pari passu in right of payment. The Notes will be
effectively subordinate to essentially all of the
currently outstanding indebtedness of the Company
and its subsidiaries. The Guarantees will be
unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the
Guarantors and will be subordinated to all existing
and future Guarantor Senior Indebtedness. As of
September 13, 1997, after giving effect to the
offering of the 144A Notes and the application of
the net proceeds therefrom, the Company and the
Guarantors had approximately $216.1 million in
aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness
outstanding, of which $46.2 million ranked senior
in right of payment to the Exchange Notes and the
Guarantees (all of which was secured) and
approximately $19.9 million was subordinated in
right of payment to the Exchange Notes and the
Guarantees. As of September 13, 1997, the Company
and the Guarantors had approximately $66.1 million
in aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness
outstanding in addition to the $150.0 million in
principal amount outstanding under the 144A Notes.
See "Description of the Exchange Notes -- Ranking,"
"Risk Factors -- Subordination of the Exchange
Notes and the Guarantees; Risk of Non-Payment;
Asset Encumbrances" and "Risk Factors -- Dependence
Upon Operations of Subsidiaries; Possible
Invalidity of Guarantees; Potential Release of
Guarantees." The Company has $70.0 million in
available credit, under its existing revolving
credit agreements and notes payable to banks, which
is senior in right of payment to the Exchange
Notes. See "Description of Certain
Indebtedness -- The Revolving Credit Agreements."
Change of Control.......... Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each
holder of the Exchange Notes may require the
Company to purchase all or a portion of such
holder's Exchange Notes at a cash purchase price
equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof,
together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
to the date of purchase. See "Description of the
Exchange Notes -- Certain Covenants -- Purchase of
Exchange Notes Upon a Change of Control."
7
<PAGE> 11
Restrictive Covenants...... The indenture relating to the Exchange Notes (the
"Indenture") will contain certain restrictive
covenants, including, but not limited to, covenants
with respect to the following matters: (i)
limitation on indebtedness; (ii) limitation on
restricted payments; (iii) limitation on
transactions with affiliates; (iv) limitation on
liens; (v) limitation on senior Subordinated
Indebtedness; (vi) limitation on sale of assets;
(vii) limitation on issuances of guarantees by
subsidiaries; (viii) limitation on transfer of
assets to subsidiaries; (ix) limitation on dividend
and other payment restrictions affecting
subsidiaries; (x) limitations on the issuance of
preferred stock of subsidiaries; (xi) restrictions
on mergers, consolidations and the transfer of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Company;
and (xii) limitation on unrestricted subsidiaries.
See "Description of the Exchange Notes -- Certain
Covenants."
Exchange Offer;
Registration Rights........ In the event that any changes in law or the
applicable interpretations of the staff of the
Commission do not permit the Issuers to effect the
Exchange Offer, or if the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement is not declared effective
within 90 days or consummated within 120 days
following the original issue of the Notes, or upon
the request of any of the Initial Purchasers, or if
any holder of the Notes is not permitted by
applicable law to participate in the Exchange Offer
or elects to participate in the Exchange Offer but
does not receive fully tradable Exchange Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the Issuers will
use their best efforts to cause a shelf
registration statement with respect to the resale
of the Notes (the "Shelf Registration Statement")
to become effective within 120 days following the
original issue of the Notes (or within 30 days of
the request of any Initial Purchaser) and to keep
the Shelf Registration Statement effective for up
to two years from the date the Shelf Registration
Statement is declared effective by the Commission.
The interest rate on the Notes is subject to
increase under certain circumstances if the Issuers
are not in compliance with their obligations under
the Registration Rights Agreement. See "Exchange
Offer; Registration Rights."
Lack of Prior Market for
the Exchange Notes......... The Exchange Notes will be new securities for which
there is currently no established trading market.
The Company does not intend to apply for listing of
the Exchange Notes on any national securities
exchange or for quotation of the Exchange Notes on
any automated dealer quotation system. The Company
has been advised by the Initial Purchasers that
they presently intend to make a market in the
Exchange Notes, although they are under no
obligation to do so and may discontinue any market-
making activities at any time without notice.
Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the
liquidity of the trading market for the Exchange
Notes or that an active public market for the
Exchange Notes will develop. If an active trading
market for the Exchange Notes does not develop, the
market price and liquidity of the Exchange Notes
may be adversely affected. If the Exchange Notes
are traded, they may trade at a discount from their
initial offering price, depending on prevailing
interest rates, the market for similar securities,
the performance of the Company and certain other
factors. See "Risk Factors -- Lack of Prior Market
for the Exchange Notes."
8
<PAGE> 12
SUMMARY RISK FACTORS
See "Risk Factors," beginning on page 12, for a discussion of certain
factors that should be considered by holders of 144A Notes before deciding to
tender 144A Notes in the Exchange Offer. Such risk factors include:
- The Company has substantial indebtedness and, as a result, significant
debt service obligations;
- Payment on the Exchange Notes will be subordinated to the prior payment
in full of all future and existing Senior Indebtedness;
- The Company's ability to repay the Exchange Notes is dependent, in part,
upon receipt of funds from the Company's subsidiaries, and although the
Exchange Notes are guaranteed by the Guarantors, such Guarantees, under
certain circumstances may be invalid or released;
- The Company's business is highly competitive and characterized by narrow
profit margins;
- The Company's business is geographically concentrated;
- The Company is dependent on the services of its executive officers and
faces a competitive labor market and increasing labor costs;
- The Company is subject to the risk of environmental liability;
- The Company is subject to risks associated with the sale of cigarettes
and other tobacco products;
- The Company is subject to restrictions imposed by the terms of its
indebtedness;
- There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to repurchase
some or all of the Exchange Notes upon a Change of Control;
- The Exchange Notes are new securities for which there is no prior market;
- Holders desiring to tender 144A Notes in exchange for Exchange Notes are
responsible for complying with Exchange Offer procedures; and
- The 144A Notes are subject to certain restrictions upon transfer.
9
<PAGE> 13
SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The following table sets forth certain historical summary financial and
operating data of the Company for the periods ended and as of the dates
indicated. The historical financial data for each of the fiscal years in the
five-year period ended March 29, 1997 have been derived from the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements. The historical financial data for the twelve
weeks ended June 21, 1997 and June 22, 1996 are derived from the Unaudited
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company included elsewhere in
this Prospectus. Such Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, in
the opinion of the Company's management, include all adjustments necessary
(consisting of normal recurring accruals) for a fair presentation of the
financial position and the results of operations of the Company for such periods
and as of such dates. The historical financial data should be read in
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and the Company's Consolidated and Unaudited
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TWELVE WEEKS ENDED FISCAL YEAR ENDED(A)
----------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
JUNE 21, JUNE 22, MARCH 29, MARCH 30, APRIL 1, APRIL 2, MARCH 27,
1997 1996 1997 1996 1995 1994 1993
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Sales and other
revenues.............. $ 343,924 $ 335,844 $1,451,730 $1,390,543 $1,303,261 $1,263,191 $1,170,398
Gross profit............ 83,777 81,246 355,144 343,350 313,224 307,851 278,634
Operating profit
(loss)(b)............. 7,138 (8,554) 12,781 27,371 26,082 26,853 25,887
Interest and debt
expense
amortization.......... 3,063 3,014 13,030 13,087 13,292 13,336 10,318
Net income (loss)(c).... 2,899 (7,112) (244) 9,033 8,573 10,467 9,828
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital......... $ 25,371 $ 19,088 $ 19,254 $ 18,587 $ 26,369 $ 38,450 $ 59,330
Total assets............ 397,395 388,108 395,631 387,294 378,471 375,349 352,511
Current maturities of
long-term
liabilities........... 6,842 7,183 7,097 7,022 7,142 7,246 4,529
Long-term liabilities,
excluding current
maturities............ 149,095 136,939 145,429 135,066 143,102 148,818 155,444
Shareholders' equity.... 117,398 111,356 115,448 118,158 114,314 109,794 101,539
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Cash flows provided by (used for):
Operating
activities.......... $ (528) $ 4,547 $ 30,392 $ 27,096 $ 35,199 $ 36,283 $ 34,071
Investing
activities.......... (3,429) (7,006) (33,167) (25,088) (34,575) (50,137) (29,551)
Financing
activities.......... 1,230 1,090 2,482 (4,552) (9,370) (2,563) 26,835
EBITDA, as
adjusted(d)........... 12,641 10,457 52,062 54,145 53,964 52,962 50,197
Depreciation and
amortization(e)....... 5,372 10,193 28,903 24,276 24,713 24,416 21,234
Capital expenditures.... 2,577 7,349 33,594 22,736 30,607 44,322 26,221
Ratio of EBITDA, as
adjusted, to interest
expense............... 4.13x 3.47x 4.00x 4.14x 4.06x 3.97x 4.86x
Ratio of total debt to
EBITDA, as adjusted... 12.34x 13.78x 2.93x 2.62x 2.78x 2.95x 3.19x
OPERATING DATA:
Supermarkets:
Beginning of period... 88 90 90 88 87 84 80
Opened or acquired.... 1 -- 1 3 1 6 4
Closed................ -- -- 3 1 -- 3 --
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total at end of
period........... 89 90 88 90 88 87 84
========== ========== ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
Conversions to LoBill
format................ 1 1 3 4 -- 1 1
Village Pantry stores... 182 181 182 181 181 177 174
Total square feet of
store area:
Supermarkets.......... 3,364,000 3,349,000 3,321,000 3,349,000 3,173,000 3,093,000 2,811,000
Village Pantry
stores.............. 514,000 512,000 514,000 510,000 507,000 487,000 469,000
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Fiscal year operating results include 52 weeks for each year except fiscal
1994, which includes 53 weeks.
(b) Reflects a non-cash charge of $7.5 million in the first quarter of fiscal
1997 upon the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
("FAS") 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of," a $2.4 million charge from the
decision to curtail the accrual of benefits under the Company's qualified
defined benefit pension plan and $2.8 million from reorganization and other
charges.
(c) Reflects an increase in net income of $1.9 million in fiscal 1994 as a
result of an increase of $3.6 million from the adoption of FAS 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes," partially offset by the recognition of a
$1.7 million (net of tax benefit) accrued benefit obligation as a result of
the adoption of FAS 106, "Employers Accounting for Postretirement Benefits
Other than Pensions."
10
<PAGE> 14
(d) EBITDA, as adjusted is defined as income (loss) before interest expense,
income taxes, depreciation and amortization, extraordinary items, LIFO
provision and non-recurring charges, including the effects of the adoption
of FAS 121, the curtailment of the accrual of pension benefits and other
reorganization charges. EBITDA is a measure commonly used in the Company's
industry and is presented to assist in understanding the Company's
operating results. EBITDA should not be considered an alternative measure
of the Company's net income (loss), operating performance, cash flow or
liquidity. It is included herein because management believes it is useful
and provides additional information related to the Company's ability to
service and incur debt.
(e) Includes costs recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses
primarily relating to amortization costs of certain other assets and
excludes debt expense amortization.
11
<PAGE> 15
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements, including statements
regarding, among other items, (i) anticipated trends in the Company's business,
(ii) future expenditures for capital projects, (iii) the Company's business
strategies, including its intention to open new stores and (iv) the Company's
attempts to reduce costs. When used in this Prospectus, the words "estimate,"
"expect," "project" and similar expressions are intended to identify
forward-looking statements. Such statements are subject to certain risks and
uncertainties, including those discussed below, that could cause actual results
to differ materially from those projected. These forward-looking statements
speak only as of the date hereof. The Company undertakes no obligation to update
or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events or otherwise. All of these forward-looking statements
are based on estimates and assumptions made by management of the Company, which
although believed to be reasonable, are inherently uncertain and difficult to
predict; therefore, undue reliance should not be placed upon such estimates.
There can be no assurance that the savings or other benefits anticipated in
these forward-looking statements will be achieved.
The following important factors, among others, in addition to the
information described under Risk Factors, could cause the Company not to achieve
benefits contemplated herein or otherwise cause the Company's results of
operations to be adversely affected in future periods: (i) continued or
increased competitive pressures from existing competitors and new entrants,
including price-cutting strategies; (ii) unanticipated costs related to the
growth and operating strategy; (iii) loss or retirement of key members of
management; (iv) inability to negotiate favorable terms with suppliers or to
improve working capital management; (v) increases in interest rates or the
Company's cost of borrowing or a default under any material debt agreements;
(vi) inability to develop new stores in advantageous locations or to convert
successfully existing stores; (vii) prolonged labor disruption; (viii)
deterioration in general or regional economic conditions; (ix) adverse state or
federal legislation or regulation that increases the costs of compliance, or
adverse findings by a regulator with respect to existing operations; (x) loss of
customers as a result of the conversion of store formats; (xi) adverse
determinations in connection with pending or future litigation or other material
claims and judgments against the Company; (xii) inability to achieve future
sales levels or other operating results that support the cost savings; and
(xiii) the unavailability of funds for capital expenditures.
12
<PAGE> 16
RISK FACTORS
Holders of 144A Notes should carefully consider the following risk factors
in addition to the other information contained herein before deciding to tender
144A Notes in the Exchange Offer. The risk factors set forth below are generally
applicable to the 144A Notes as well as the Exchange Notes.
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE
The Company has substantial indebtedness and, as a result, significant debt
service obligations. As of September 13, 1997, after giving effect to the
offering of the 144A Notes and the application of the net proceeds therefrom,
the Company had approximately $216.1 million of long-term indebtedness which
represented approximately 65.2% of its total capitalization. See
"Capitalization." In addition, the Indenture and the Company's other debt
instruments will allow the Company to incur additional indebtedness, including
secured indebtedness subject to certain limitations set forth therein. See
"Description of the Exchange Notes -- Certain Covenants" and "Description of
Certain Indebtedness." As of June 21, 1997, after giving pro forma effect to the
offering of the 144A Notes and the application of the net proceeds therefrom,
the Company would have had an aggregate of $70.0 million available for borrowing
under revolving credit facilities between the Company and each of Harris Trust
and Savings Bank (the "Harris Revolving Credit Agreement") and KeyBank National
Association (the "KeyBank Revolving Credit Agreement" and, together with the
Harris Revolving Credit Agreement, the "Revolving Credit Agreements") and other
short-term bank borrowings pursuant to notes payable to each of Bank One, Dayton
NA (the "Bank One Note Payable") and First Merchants Bank of Muncie (the "First
Merchants Note Payable"). See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources." The
Company's ability to make payments with respect to the Notes and to satisfy its
other debt obligations will depend on its future operating performance, which
will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and
other factors, certain of which are beyond the Company's control. Any inability
of the Company to service its indebtedness may result in the acceleration of
some or all of the Company's indebtedness which would have a material adverse
effect upon the Company's financial condition.
Upon the issuance of the 144A Notes, the Company's interest expense
increased compared to prior years. See "Capitalization." The Company believes,
based on current circumstances, that the Company's cash flow, together with
available borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreements, will be sufficient
to permit the Company to meet its operating expenses, to pay dividends on its
common stock and to service its debt requirements as they become due for the
foreseeable future. Significant assumptions underlie this belief, including,
among other things, that the Company will succeed in implementing its business
strategy and that there will be no material adverse developments in the
business, liquidity or capital requirements of the Company. If the Company is
unable to service its indebtedness, it will be required to adopt alternative
strategies, which may include actions such as reducing or delaying capital
expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing its indebtedness or
seeking additional equity capital. There can be no assurance that any of these
strategies could be effected on satisfactory terms, if at all.
The degree to which the Company is leveraged could have important
consequences to holders of the Exchange Notes, including: (i) the Company's
ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital,
capital expenditures, acquisitions or general corporate purposes may be
impaired; (ii) a substantial portion of the Company's cash flows from operations
may be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on its indebtedness,
thereby reducing the funds available to the Company for its operations; (iii)
certain of the Company's indebtedness contains financial and other restrictive
covenants, including those restricting the incurrence of additional
indebtedness, the creation of liens, the payment of dividends, sales of assets
and minimum net worth requirements; (iv) certain of the Company's borrowings are
and will continue to be at variable rates of interest which exposes the Company
to the risk of greater interest rates; and (v) the Company may be more leveraged
than certain of its competitors, which may place the Company at a relative
competitive disadvantage and make the Company more vulnerable to changing
economic conditions.
13
<PAGE> 17
SUBORDINATION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES; RISK OF NON-PAYMENT;
ASSET ENCUMBRANCES
The payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Exchange
Notes will be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all existing and
future Senior Indebtedness of the Company, which includes all indebtedness under
the Revolving Credit Agreements. Therefore, in the event of a liquidation,
dissolution, reorganization or any similar proceeding regarding the Company, the
assets of the Company will be available to pay obligations on the Exchange Notes
only after Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full, and there may not be
sufficient assets to pay amounts due on all or any of the Exchange Notes. In
addition, the Company may not pay principal of, premium, if any, interest on or
any other amounts owing in respect of the Exchange Notes, make any deposit
pursuant to defeasance provisions or purchase, redeem or otherwise retire the
Exchange Notes, if any Senior Indebtedness is not paid when due or any other
default on Senior Indebtedness occurs and the maturity of such indebtedness is
accelerated in accordance with its terms unless, in either case, such default
has been cured or waived, any such acceleration has been rescinded or such
indebtedness has been repaid in full. Moreover, under certain circumstances, if
any non-payment default exists with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness,
the Company may not make any payments on the Notes for a specified time, unless
such default is cured or waived, any acceleration of such indebtedness has been
rescinded or such indebtedness has been repaid in full. See "Description of the
Exchange Notes -- Ranking." As of September 13, 1997, after giving effect to the
offering of the 144A Notes and the application of the net proceeds therefrom,
the Company had approximately $41.2 million in aggregate principal amount of
Senior Indebtedness outstanding which ranked senior in right of payment to the
Exchange Notes. Under the terms of the Indenture governing the Exchange Notes,
and the Company's other debt instruments, the Company may incur additional
indebtedness, including Senior Indebtedness or secured indebtedness, in the
future. See "Description of the Exchange Notes -- Certain Covenants."
The Guarantees by the Guarantors will be subordinated to all future
guarantees by the Guarantors of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and any other
Guarantor Senior Indebtedness. As of September 13, 1997, after giving effect to
the offering of the 144A Notes and the application of the net proceeds
therefrom, the Guarantors had $5.6 million in aggregate principal amount of
Guarantor Senior Indebtedness outstanding ($0.7 million of which was guaranteed
by the Company) which ranked senior in right of payment to the Guarantees.
The Exchange Notes will not be secured by any of the Company's assets.
Certain of the Company's other indebtedness is secured, to the extent permitted
by law, by certain of the Company's assets, and the terms of the Indenture and
the instruments governing the Company's other indebtedness permit the Company to
incur additional senior secured indebtedness. If the Company becomes insolvent
or is liquidated, or if payment under any of the instruments governing the
Company's secured indebtedness is accelerated, the lenders under such
instruments would be entitled to exercise the remedies available to a secured
lender under applicable law and pursuant to instruments governing such
indebtedness. Accordingly, such lenders will have a prior claim on the Company's
assets securing their indebtedness. In any such events, because the Exchange
Notes will not be secured by any of the Company's assets, it is possible that
there would be no assets remaining from which claims of the holders of the
Exchange Notes could be satisfied or, if any such assets remained, such assets
might be insufficient to satisfy such claims in full. See "Capitalization,"
"Description of the Exchange Notes," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources" and Note C of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
DEPENDENCE UPON OPERATIONS OF SUBSIDIARIES; POSSIBLE INVALIDITY OF GUARANTEES;
POTENTIAL RELEASE OF GUARANTEES
The Exchange Notes are the obligations of the Company. As of the date of
this Prospectus, virtually all of the consolidated assets of the Company were
held by the Guarantors and virtually all of the Company's cash flow and net
income was generated by the Guarantors. Therefore, the Company's ability to make
interest and principal payments when due to holders of the Exchange Notes is
dependent, in part, upon the receipt of sufficient funds from its subsidiaries.
14
<PAGE> 18
The Company's obligations under the Exchange Notes will be guaranteed,
jointly and severally, on a senior subordinated basis by each of the Guarantors,
which consist of all of the Company's subsidiaries (other than three
inconsequential subsidiaries). To the extent that a court were to find, pursuant
to federal or state fraudulent transfer laws or otherwise, that (i) a Guarantee
was incurred by a Guarantor with intent to hinder, delay or defraud any present
or future creditor or the Guarantor contemplated insolvency with a design to
prefer one or more creditors to the exclusion in whole or in part of others; or
(ii) such Guarantor did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent
value for issuing its Guarantee and such Guarantor (a) was insolvent, (b) was
rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of such Guarantee, (c) was engaged
or about to engage in a business or transaction for which the remaining assets
of such Guarantor constituted unreasonably small capital to carry on its
business or (d) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond
its ability to pay such debts as they matured, the court could avoid or
subordinate such Guarantee in favor of the Guarantor's other creditors. Among
other things, a legal challenge of a Guarantee on fraudulent conveyance grounds
may focus on the benefits, if any, realized by the Guarantor as a result of the
issuance by the Company of the Exchange Notes. The measure of insolvency of a
Guarantor for purposes of the foregoing will vary depending upon the law of the
relevant jurisdiction. Generally, however, a company would be considered
insolvent for purposes of the foregoing if the sum of the company's debts is
greater than all of the company's property at a fair valuation, or if the
present fair saleable value of the company's assets is less than the amount that
will be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts as they
become absolute and mature. There can be no assurance as to what standards a
court would apply to determine whether a Guarantor was solvent at the relevant
time. To the extent any Guarantee were to be avoided as a fraudulent conveyance
or held unenforceable for any other reason, holders of the Exchange Notes would
cease to have any claim in respect of such Guarantor and would be creditors
solely of the Company and any Guarantor whose Guarantee was not avoided or held
unenforceable. In such event, the claims of the holders of the Exchange Notes
against the issuer of an invalid Guarantee would be subject to the prior payment
in full of all liabilities of such Guarantor. There can be no assurance that,
after providing for all prior claims, there would be sufficient assets to
satisfy the claims of the holders of the Exchange Notes relating to any voided
Guarantee.
Based upon financial and other information currently available to it, the
Company believes that the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees are being incurred
for proper purposes and in good faith and that the Company and each Guarantor is
solvent and will continue to be solvent after issuing the Exchange Notes or its
Guarantee, as the case may be, will have sufficient capital for carrying on its
business after such issuance and will be able to pay its debts as they mature.
See "Description of the Exchange Notes," "Description of Certain Indebtedness"
and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
Any Guarantee of a Guarantor may be released at any time upon any sale,
exchange or transfer by the Company of the stock of such Guarantor or all or
substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor to a non-affiliate.
SIGNIFICANT COMPETITION
The supermarket and convenience store businesses are highly competitive and
characterized by narrow profit margins. The Company's competitors include
national, regional and local supermarket chains, independent grocery stores,
specialty food stores, warehouse club stores, drug stores, convenience stores,
restaurants and petroleum marketing companies. Certain of the Company's major
competitors have greater financial, distribution and marketing resources than
the Company, and the Company's cash flows from operations could be materially
adversely affected by certain product mix and pricing changes made in response
to competition from existing or new competitors. In addition, there are a number
of supercenters in the Company's market which sell products typically sold by
supermarkets and discount stores. In recent years a substantial competitor has
opened supermarkets in the Company's market and there can be no assurance that
this or other competitors will not open additional stores or that such openings
will not have a material adverse effect upon the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. The Company's profitability could be
impacted by the pricing, purchasing, financing, advertising or promotional
decisions made by its competitors.
15
<PAGE> 19
The Company's ability to compete may be adversely affected by the amount of
indebtedness outstanding, limitations imposed by its existing debt agreements
and limitations imposed by the Indenture. See "Business -- Competition."
GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION
All of the Company's supermarkets and Village Pantry stores are located in
Indiana and western Ohio, substantially all of which are located within 150
miles of the Indianapolis area. As a result of this geographic concentration,
the Company's growth and operations depend significantly upon economic and other
conditions in this area. If the Indianapolis area or the midwest were to
experience a general economic downturn or other adverse conditions for a
significant period of time, additional significant competitive stores were
opened in the area, or the State of Indiana were to enact legislation harmful to
the Company's business, the ability of the Company to improve or maintain its
cash flows from operations could be materially adversely affected.
DEPENDENCE ON MANAGEMENT
The Company depends on the services of its executive officers for the
management of the Company. The loss or interruption of the continued full-time
services of certain of these executives could have a material adverse effect on
the Company and there can be no assurance that the Company would be able to find
replacements with equivalent skills or experience.
The Company has employment agreements with Don E. Marsh, C. Alan Marsh and
William L. Marsh, each of which expire 35 months after the executive or the
Company gives notice of termination. The Company has an employment agreement
with Jack J. Bayt which expires in fiscal 2000. The Company does not have
employment agreements with any other executive officers. The Company does not
maintain key man life insurance on any of its executive officers.
COMPETITIVE LABOR MARKET; INCREASING LABOR COSTS
The Company's continued success depends on its ability to attract and
retain qualified personnel in all areas of its business. The Company competes
with other businesses in its market with respect to attracting and retaining
qualified employees. A tight labor market, increased overtime and a higher
full-time employee ratio have caused the Company's labor costs to increase in
each of the last two fiscal years. The Company expects the tight labor market to
continue. A shortage of qualified employees may require the Company to continue
to enhance its wage and benefits package in order to compete effectively in the
hiring and retention of qualified employees or to hire more expensive temporary
employees. No assurance can be given that the Company's labor costs will not
continue to increase, or that such increases can be recovered through increased
prices charged to customers. Any significant failure of the Company to attract
and retain qualified employees, to control its labor costs, or to recover any
increased labor costs through increased prices charged to customers could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.
RISK OF ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITY
The Company is subject to federal, state and local laws, regulations and
ordinances that (i) govern activities or operations that may have adverse
environmental effects, such as discharges to air and water, as well as handling
and disposal practices for solid and hazardous wastes and (ii) impose liability
for the costs of cleaning up, and certain damages resulting from, sites of past
spills, disposals or other releases of hazardous materials (together,
"Environmental Laws"). In particular, under applicable Environmental Laws, the
Company may be responsible for remediation of environmental conditions and may
be subject to associated liabilities (including liabilities resulting from
lawsuits brought by private litigants) relating to its stores and the land on
which its stores are situated, regardless of whether the Company leases or owns
the stores or land in question and regardless of whether such environmental
conditions were created by the Company or by a prior owner or tenant. Although
the Company typically conducts a limited environmental review prior to acquiring
or leasing new stores or raw land, there can be no assurance that environmental
conditions relating to prior, existing or future store sites will not have a
material adverse effect on the Company. Although it is difficult to predict
future environmental costs, the Company does not anticipate any material adverse
effect on its operations, financial condition or competitive position as a
result of future costs of environmental compliance.
16
<PAGE> 20
The Company is aware of the existence of petroleum contamination at 21 Village
Pantry locations and has commenced remediation at each of these sites. The cost
of remediation varies significantly depending on the extent, source and location
of the contamination, geological and hydrological conditions, available
reimbursement by state agencies and other factors but is not anticipated to be
material to the Company's business, financial condition or results of
operations. See "Business -- Regulatory Matters" and Note A of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH SALE OF CIGARETTES AND OTHER TOBACCO PRODUCTS
During fiscal 1997, the sale of cigarettes and other tobacco products
accounted for approximately 16.2% of the Company's consolidated sales and other
revenues. In June 1997, a group of state attorneys general reached a tentative
agreement with a group of cigarette manufacturers which may affect the sale and
distribution of cigarettes and other tobacco products and may ban advertising of
tobacco products. This agreement is currently being reviewed by the President
and Congress, among others. The Company is unable to determine what effect, if
any, this settlement or any amended version thereof, or any national or state
legislation, may have upon the demand for or the Company's ability to sell
cigarettes and other tobacco products, or upon the Company's business, financial
condition or results of operations. Any substantial reduction in the use of
cigarettes or other tobacco products could have a material adverse effect on the
Company. In addition, the Company is a defendant in certain litigation involving
allegations that, with respect to its sales of cigarettes, the Company is liable
for the negligent sale of cigarettes and on the basis of strict liability and
warranty theories. The Company believes that the outcome of such litigation will
not be material to its business, financial condition or results of operation.
See "Business -- Legal Proceedings."
RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY TERMS OF INDEBTEDNESS
The Indenture governing the terms of the Exchange Notes contains certain
covenants limiting, subject to certain exceptions, the incurrence of additional
indebtedness, the payment of dividends, the redemption of capital stock, the
making of certain investments, the issuance of preferred stock of subsidiaries,
the creation of liens and other restrictions affecting the Company's
subsidiaries, the issuance of guarantees, transactions with affiliates, asset
sales and certain mergers and consolidations. A breach of any of these covenants
could result in an event of default under the Indenture. In addition, the
Revolving Credit Agreements and the instruments governing the Company's other
indebtedness (the "Other Indebtedness") contain other restrictive covenants and
require the Company to satisfy certain financial tests, including net working
capital, ratio of EBITDAR (as defined therein) to fixed charges, tangible net
worth and ratio of funded debt to EBITDA tests. The Company's ability to comply
with such covenants and to satisfy such financial tests may be affected by
events beyond its control. A breach of any of these covenants could result in an
event of default under the Revolving Credit Agreements or Other Indebtedness. In
the event of a default under the Revolving Credit Agreements, the lenders
thereunder could elect to declare all amounts borrowed, together with accrued
interest, to be immediately due and payable, and the lenders under the Revolving
Credit Agreements could terminate all commitments thereunder. In addition, a
default under the Revolving Credit Agreements or Other Indebtedness could
constitute a cross-default under the Indenture and any instruments governing the
Other Indebtedness, and a default under the Indenture could constitute a
cross-default under the Revolving Credit Agreements and any Other Indebtedness.
See "Description of the Exchange Notes -- Certain Covenants" and "Description of
Certain Indebtedness."
POTENTIAL FAILURE TO MAKE PAYMENT UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder of the Exchange
Notes may require the Company to purchase all or a portion of such holder's
Exchange Notes at 101% of the principal amount of the Exchange Notes, together
with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. In such
circumstances, the Company may be required to (i) repay all or a portion of the
outstanding principal of, and pay any accrued interest on, its Senior
Indebtedness, including indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Agreements or
(ii) obtain any requisite consent from its lenders to permit the purchase. There
can be no assurance that the Company will have sufficient funds necessary to
repurchase the Exchange Notes upon a Change of Control. If the Company is unable
to repay all of such indebtedness or is unable to obtain the necessary consents,
the Company may be unable to offer to purchase the Exchange Notes, which will
17
<PAGE> 21
constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture. There can be no assurance
that the Company will have sufficient funds available at the time of any Change
of Control to make any debt payment (including purchases of Exchange Notes) as
described above or that the Company will be able to refinance its outstanding
indebtedness in order to permit it to repurchase the Exchange Notes or, if such
refinancing were to occur, that such financing will be on terms favorable to the
Company. See "Description of the Exchange Notes -- Certain Covenants -- Purchase
of Exchange Notes Upon a Change of Control."
The events that constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture may also
be events of default under the Revolving Credit Agreements or other Senior
Indebtedness of the Company. Such events may permit the holders under such debt
instruments to reduce the borrowing base thereunder or accelerate the debt and,
if the debt is not paid, to enforce security interests on, or commence
litigation that could ultimately result in a sale of, certain assets of the
Company, thereby limiting the Company's ability to purchase the Exchange Notes
and receive the special benefit of the offer to purchase provisions to the
holders of the Exchange Notes.
LACK OF PRIOR MARKET FOR THE EXCHANGE NOTES
The Exchange Notes are being offered to the holders of the 144A Notes. The
144A Notes were offered and sold in August 1997 to "Qualified Institutional
Buyers" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) and certain other
qualified buyers pursuant to Regulation S of the Securities Act and are eligible
for trading in the Private Offering, Resales and Trading through Automated
Linkages ("PORTAL") market.
The Exchange Notes will constitute a new class of securities with no
established trading market. Although the Exchange Notes will generally be
permitted to be resold or otherwise transferred by nonaffiliates of the Company
without compliance with the registration requirements under the Securities Act,
the Company does not intend to apply for a listing of the Exchange Notes on any
securities exchange or to arrange for the Exchange Notes to be quoted on the
NASDAQ National Market or other quotation system. As a result, there can be no
assurance as to the liquidity of markets that may develop for the Exchange
Notes, the ability of the holders of the Exchange Notes to sell their Exchange
Notes or the price at which such holders would be able to sell their Exchange
Notes. If such markets were to exist, the Exchange Notes could trade at prices
that may be lower than the initial market values thereof depending on many
factors, including prevailing interest rates and the markets for similar
securities. Although there is currently no market for the Exchange Notes, the
Initial Purchasers have advised the Company that they currently intend to make a
market in the Exchange Notes. However, the Initial Purchasers are not obligated
to do so, and any market-making with respect to the Exchange Notes may be
discontinued at any time without notice.
EXCHANGE OFFER PROCEDURES
Issuance of the Exchange Notes for 144A Notes pursuant to the Exchange
Offer will be made only after timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of such 144A
Notes, a properly completed, duly executed Letter of Transmittal and all other
required documents. Therefore, Holders desiring to tender their 144A Notes in
exchange for Exchange Notes should allow sufficient time to ensure timely
delivery. The Company is under no duty to give notification of defects or
irregularities with respect to the tenders of 144A Notes for exchange. Any 144A
Notes that are not tendered or are tendered but not accepted will, following the
consummation of the Exchange Offer, continue to be subject to the existing
restrictions upon transfer thereof and, upon consummation of the Exchange Offer,
the registration rights under the Registration Rights Agreement generally will
terminate. In addition, any Holder who tenders pursuant to the Exchange Offer
for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes may be
deemed to have received restricted securities and, if so, will be required to
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale. Each broker-dealer that receives
Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for 144A Notes, where such 144A
Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. See "The
Exchange Offer."
18
<PAGE> 22
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER
The 144A Notes were offered and sold by the Company in a private offering
exempt from registration pursuant to the Securities Act and have been resold
pursuant to Rule 144A and other exemptions under the Securities Act. As a
result, the 144A Notes may not be reoffered or resold by purchasers except
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or
pursuant to an applicable exemption from such registration, and the 144A Notes
are legended to restrict transfer as aforesaid. Each Holder (other than any
Holder who is an affiliate or promoter of the Company) who duly exchanges 144A
Notes for Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer will receive Exchange Notes that
are freely transferable under the Securities Act. Holders who participate in the
Exchange Offer should be aware, however, that if they accept the Exchange Offer
for the purpose of engaging in a distribution, the Exchange Notes may not be
publicly reoffered or resold without complying with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. As a result, each Holder
accepting the Exchange Offer will be deemed to have represented, by its
acceptance of the Exchange Offer, that it acquired the Exchange Notes in the
ordinary course of business and that it is not engaged in, and does not intend
to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes. If existing Commission
interpretations permitting free transferability of the Exchange Notes following
the Exchange Offer are changed prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, the
Company will use its best efforts to register the 144A Notes for resale under
the Securities Act. See "Prospectus Summary -- The Exchange Offer" and "Exchange
Offer; Registration Rights."
The 144A Notes currently may be sold pursuant to the restrictions set forth
in Rule 144A under the Securities Act or pursuant to another available exemption
under the Securities Act without registration under the Securities Act. To the
extent that 144A Notes are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, the
trading market for the untendered and tendered but unaccepted 144A Notes could
be adversely affected.
19
<PAGE> 23
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The following discussion sets forth or summarizes what the Company believes
are the material terms of the Exchange Offer, including those set forth in the
Letters of Transmittal distributed with this Prospectus. This summary is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the documents
underlying the Exchange Offer, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part, and are incorporated
by reference herein.
PURPOSE AND EFFECT OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
In connection with the sale of 144A Notes pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement, dated July 29, 1997 (the "Purchase Agreement"), between the Company
and the Initial Purchasers, the Initial Purchasers became entitled to the
benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 5, 1997,
between the Company and the Initial Purchasers (the "Registration Rights
Agreement").
Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company must use its best
efforts to (a) file a registration statement in connection with a registered
exchange offer within 30 days after August 5, 1997, the date the 144A Notes were
issued (the "Issue Date"), (b) use reasonable best efforts to cause such
registration statement to become effective under the Securities Act within 90
days of the Issue Date, (c) use reasonable best efforts to keep such
registration statement effective until the closing of the Exchange Offer and (d)
cause such registered exchange offer to be consummated within 120 days after the
Issue Date. Within the applicable time periods, the Company will endeavor to
register under the Securities Act all of the Exchange Notes pursuant to a
registration statement under which the Company will offer each Holder of 144A
Notes the opportunity to exchange any and all of the outstanding 144A Notes held
by such Holder for Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
aggregate principal amount of 144A Notes tendered for exchange by such Holder.
Subject to limited exceptions, the Exchange Offer being made hereby, if
commenced and consummated within such applicable time periods, will satisfy
those requirements under the Registration Rights Agreement. In such event, the
144A Notes would remain outstanding and would continue to accrue interest, but
would not retain any rights under the Registration Rights Agreement. Holders of
144A Notes seeking liquidity in their investment would have to the securities
laws, including the Securities Act. A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement
has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus is a part. The term "Holder" with respect to the Exchange Offer means
any person in whose name the 144A Notes are registered on the books of the
Company or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power
from the registered holder.
Because the Exchange Offer is for any and all 144A Notes, the principal
amount of 144A Notes tendered and exchanged in the Exchange Offer will reduce
the principal amount of 144A Notes outstanding. Following the consummation of
the Exchange Offer, Holders who did not tender their 144A Notes generally will
not have any further registration rights under the Registration Rights
Agreement, and such 144A Notes will continue to be subject to certain
restrictions on transfer. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for such 144A
Notes could be adversely affected. The 144A Notes are currently eligible for
sale 144A Notes will elect to exchange such 144A Notes for Exchange Notes due to
the absence of restrictions on the resale of Exchange Notes under the Securities
Act, the Company anticipates that the liquidity of the market for any 144A Notes
remaining after the consummation of the Exchange Offer may be substantially
limited. See "Exchange Offer; Registration Rights."
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus
and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the Company will accept all 144A
Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date. The Company will issue $1,000 principal amount of
Exchange Notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding 144A
Notes accepted in the Exchange Offer. Holders may tender some or all of their
144A Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the form and terms
of the 144A Notes except that (i) the Exchange Notes have been registered under
the Securities Act and hence will not bear legends restricting the transfer
thereof and (ii) the holders of Exchange Notes generally will not be entitled to
certain
20
<PAGE> 24
rights under the Registration Rights Agreement, which rights generally will
terminate upon consummation of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Notes will
evidence the same debt as the 144A Notes and will be entitled to the benefits of
the Indenture.
Holders of 144A Notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights in
connection with the Exchange Offer.
The Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered 144A Notes
when, as and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the
Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering Holders
of 144A Notes for the purposes of receiving the Exchange Notes from the Company
and delivering Exchange Notes to such Holders.
If any tendered 144A Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an
invalid tender or the occurrence of certain other events set forth herein,
certificates for any such unaccepted 144A Notes will be returned, without
expense, to the tendering Holder thereof as promptly as practicable after the
Expiration Date.
Holders of 144A Notes who tender pursuant to the Exchange Offer will not be
required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in
the Letter of Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of 144A
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay all charges and
expenses, other than certain applicable taxes, in connection with the Exchange
Offer. See "-- Fees and Expenses."
EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS
The Exchange Offer shall remain open for acceptance for a period of not
less than 30 days after notice is mailed to Holders (the "Exchange Period"). The
Expiration Date will be 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on December 3, 1997,
unless the Company, in its sole discretion, extends the Exchange Offer, in which
case the Expiration Date will be the latest business day to which the Exchange
Offer is extended.
In order to extend the Expiration Date, the Company will notify the
Exchange Agent of any extension by oral or written notice and will mail to the
record Holders an announcement thereof, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City
time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.
Such announcement may state that the Company is extending the Exchange Offer for
a specified period of time.
The Company reserves the right (i) to delay accepting any 144A Notes, to
extend the Exchange Offer or to terminate the Exchange Offer and not accept 144A
Notes not previously accepted if any of the conditions set forth under
"-- Conditions" shall have occurred and shall not have been waived by the
Company, by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension or
termination to the Exchange Agent, or (ii) to amend the terms of the Exchange
Offer in any manner. Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or
amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice
thereof. If the Exchange Offer is amended in a manner determined by the Company
to constitute a material change, the Company will promptly disclose such
amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the Holders of such
amendment and the Company will extend the Exchange Offer for a period of five to
ten business days, depending upon the significance of the amendment and the
manner of disclosure to Holders, if the Exchange Offer would otherwise expire
during such five to ten business day period.
Without limiting the manner in which the Company may choose to make public
announcement of any extension, amendment or termination of the Exchange Offer,
the Company shall have no obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise
communicate any such public announcement, other than by making a timely release
to the Dow Jones News Service.
INTEREST ON THE EXCHANGE NOTES
Interest on the Exchange Notes is payable semi-annually on February 1 and
August 1 of each year at the rate of 8 7/8% per annum. The Exchange Notes will
bear interest from August 5, 1997, the date of issuance of the 144A Notes, or
the most recent interest payment date to which interest on such 144A Notes has
been paid, whichever is later. Accordingly, Holders of 144A Notes that are
accepted for exchange will not receive interest that is accrued but unpaid on
the 144A Notes at the time of tender, but such interest will be payable in
respect of the Exchange Notes delivered in exchange for such 144A Notes on the
first interest payment date after the Expiration Date.
21
<PAGE> 25
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING
Only a Holder of 144A Notes may tender such 144A Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer. To tender pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a Holder must
complete, sign and date the Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, have
the signatures thereon guaranteed if required by instruction 4 of the Letter of
Transmittal, and mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal or such
facsimile, together with the 144A Notes and any other required documents, to the
Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
Delivery of the 144A Notes may be made by book-entry transfer in accordance with
the procedures described below. Confirmation of such book-entry transfer must be
received by the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date.
The tender by a Holder of 144A Notes and the acceptance thereof by the
Company will constitute an agreement between such Holder and the Company in
accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in
the Letter of Transmittal.
THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF 144A NOTES AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL
OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF
THE HOLDER. INSTEAD OF DELIVERY BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT HOLDERS USE AN
OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE
ALLOWED TO ASSURE TIMELY DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION
DATE. NO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR 144A NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY.
HOLDERS MAY REQUEST THEIR RESPECTIVE BROKERS, DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS, TRUST
COMPANIES OR NOMINEES TO EFFECT SUCH TENDER FOR SUCH HOLDERS.
Any beneficial holder whose 144A Notes are registered in the name of such
holder's broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who
wishes to tender should contact such registered holder promptly and instruct
such registered holder to tender on his behalf. If such beneficial holder wishes
to tender on such beneficial holder's behalf, such beneficial holder must, prior
to completing and executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering his 144A
Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the 144A
Notes in such holder's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the
registered holder. The transfer of record ownership may take considerable time.
Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national
securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the
United States or an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule
17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (an "Eligible Institution") unless the 144A Notes
tendered pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder who has not
completed the box entitled "Special Registration Instructions" or "Special
Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of
an Eligible Institution. In the event that signatures on a Letter of Transmittal
or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed,
such guarantee must be by an Eligible Institution.
If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
registered holder of any 144A Notes listed therein, such 144A Notes must be
endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers and a proxy which authorizes
such person to tender the 144A Notes on behalf of the registered holder, in each
case signed as the name of the registered holder or holders appears on the 144A
Notes with the signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
If the Letter of Transmittal or any 144A Notes or bond powers are signed by
trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of
corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such
persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by the Company,
evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be
submitted with the Letter of Transmittal.
The Company understands that the Exchange Agent will make a request
promptly after the date of this Prospectus to establish accounts with respect to
the 144A Notes at the DTC for the purpose of facilitating the
22
<PAGE> 26
Exchange Offer, and subject to the establishment thereof, any financial
institution that is a participant in the DTC may make book-entry delivery of the
144A Notes by causing the DTC to transfer such 144A Notes into the Exchange
Agent's account with respect to the 144A Notes in accordance with the DTC's
procedures for such transfer. Although delivery of the 144A Notes may be
effected through book entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the
DTC, a Letter of Transmittal properly completed and duly executed with any
required signature guarantee and all other required documents must in each case
be transmitted to and received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent at its address
set forth below on or prior to the Expiration Date, or, if the guaranteed
delivery procedures described below are complied with, within the time period
provided under such procedures. Delivery of documents to the DTC does not
constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance of tendered 144A Notes and withdrawal of the tendered 144A
Notes will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which
determination will be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right
to reject any and all 144A Notes not properly tendered or any 144A Notes the
Company's acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the Company,
be unlawful. The Company also reserves the right to waive any irregularities or
conditions of tender as to particular 144A Notes. The Company's interpretation
of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including, the instructions
in the Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless
waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of 144A Notes
must be cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Neither the
Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give
notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of 144A Notes,
nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.
Tenders of 144A Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such
irregularities have been cured or waived. Any 144A Notes received by the
Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or
irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned without cost to
such Holder by the Exchange Agent to the tendering Holders of 144A Notes, unless
otherwise provided in the Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable
following the Expiration Date.
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
Holders who wish to tender their 144A Notes and (i) whose 144A Notes are
not immediately available, or (ii) who cannot deliver their 144A Notes, the
Letter of Transmittal or any other required documents to the Exchange Agent (or
comply with the procedures for book-entry transfer) prior to the Expiration
Date, may effect a tender if:
a. the tender is made through an Eligible Institution;
b. prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from such
Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery)
setting forth the name and address of the holder of the 144A Notes, the
certificate or registration number or numbers of such 144A Notes and the
principal amount of 144A Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being
made thereby, and guaranteeing that, within five business days after the
Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) together
with the certificate(s) representing the 144A Notes to be tendered in
proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of such
144A Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the Depository) and any
other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by
the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and
c. such properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile thereof), together with the certificate(s) representing all
tendered 144A Notes in proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of
book-entry transfer of such 144A Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at
the Depository) and all other documents required by the Letter of
Transmittal are received by the Exchange Agent within five business days
after the Expiration Date.
23
<PAGE> 27
WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS
Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of 144A Notes may be withdrawn
at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
To withdraw a tender of 144A Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a
written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the
Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the
name of the person having deposited the 144A Notes to be withdrawn (the
"Depositor"), (ii) identify the 144A Notes to be withdrawn (including the
certificate or registration number(s) and principal amount of such 144A Notes,
or, in the case of notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number
of the account at the DTC to be credited), (iii) be signed by the Depositor in
the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which
such 144A Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or
be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee (as
defined herein) with respect to the 144A Notes register the transfer of such
144A Notes into the name of the Depositor withdrawing the tender, (iv) specify
the name in which any such 144A Notes are to be registered, if different from
that of the Depositor and (v) include a statement that such Holder is
withdrawing such Holder's election to have such 144A Notes exchanged. All
questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt)
of such withdrawal notices will be determined by the Company, whose
determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any 144A Notes so
withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the
Exchange Offer and no Exchange Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless
the 144A Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Any 144A Notes which have
been tendered but which are not accepted for payment will be returned to the
Holder thereof without cost to such Holder as soon as practicable after
withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly
withdrawn 144A Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures
described under "-- Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to the
Expiration Date.
CONDITIONS
Notwithstanding any other term of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall not
be required to accept for exchange, or to exchange Exchange Notes for, any 144A
Notes, and may terminate or amend the Exchange Offer as provided herein before
the acceptance of such 144A Notes, if:
(i) any law, statute, rule, regulation or interpretation by the staff
of the Commission is proposed, adopted or enacted, which, in the reasonable
judgment of the Company, might materially impair the ability of the Company
to proceed with the Exchange Offer or materially impair the contemplated
benefits of the Exchange Offer to the Company; or
(ii) any governmental approval has not been obtained, which approval
the Company shall, in its reasonable judgment, deem necessary for the
consummation of the Exchange Offer as contemplated hereby.
If the Company determines in its reasonable judgment that any of the
conditions are not satisfied, the Company may (i) refuse to accept any 144A
Notes and return all tendered 144A Notes to the tendering Holders, (ii) extend
the Exchange Offer and retain all 144A Notes tendered prior to the expiration of
the Exchange Offer subject, however, to the rights of Holders to withdraw such
144A Notes (see "-- Withdrawals of Tenders") or (iii) waive such unsatisfied
conditions with respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all properly tendered
144A Notes which have not been withdrawn. If such waiver constitutes a material
change to the Exchange Offer, the Company will promptly disclose such waiver by
means of a prospectus supplement that will be distributed to the registered
Holders, and, depending upon the significance of the waiver and the manner of
disclosure to the registered Holders, the Company will extend the Exchange Offer
for a period of five to ten business days if the Exchange Offer would otherwise
expire during such five to ten business-day period.
24
<PAGE> 28
EXCHANGE AGENT
State Street Bank and Trust Company has been appointed as Exchange Agent
for the Exchange Offer. Questions and requests for assistance and requests for
additional copies of this Prospectus or of the Letter of Transmittal should be
directed to the Exchange Agent addressed as follows:
<TABLE>
<C> <C> <C>
By Mail By Facsimile Transmission: By Hand or Overnight Courier:
(registered or certified mail (617) 664-5395
recommended): State Street Bank and
Trust Company
State Street Bank and Corporate Trust Department,
Trust Company To Confirm by Telephone 4th floor
Corporate Trust Department or for Information Call: Two International Place
P.O. Box 778 (617) 664-5587 Boston, MA 02110
Boston, MA 02102-0078 Attention: Ms. Sandra
Attention: Ms. Sandra Szczsponik
Szczsponik
</TABLE>
FEES AND EXPENSES
The expenses of soliciting tenders pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be
borne by the Company. The principal solicitation for tenders pursuant to the
Exchange Offer is being made by mail; however, additional solicitations may be
made by telegraph, telephone or in person by officers and regular employees of
the Company, and its affiliates.
The Company has not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
Exchange Offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other
persons soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The Company, however, will
pay the Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will
reimburse the Exchange Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in
connection therewith and pay other registration expenses, including fees and
expenses of the Trustee, filing fees, blue sky fees and printing and
distribution expenses.
The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange
of 144A Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, certificates
representing Exchange Notes or 144A Notes for principal amounts not tendered or
accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued
in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the 144A Notes
tendered, or if tendered 144A Notes are registered in the name of any person
other than the person signing the Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is
imposed for any reason other than the exchange of 144A Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on
the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering
Holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom
is not submitted with the Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer
taxes will be billed directly to such tendering Holder.
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
The Exchange Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the 144A
Notes, which is the aggregate principal amount of the 144A Notes, as reflected
in the Company's accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, no
gain or loss for accounting purposes will be recognized in connection with the
Exchange Offer. The cost of the Exchange Offer will be deferred and amortized
over the term of the Exchange Notes.
RESALE OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES
Under existing Commission interpretations, the Exchange Notes would, in
general, be freely transferable after the Exchange Offer by any holder of such
Exchange Notes (other than any such holder which is an "affiliate" of the
Company within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act) without compliance
with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act,
provided that such Exchange Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are
obtained in the ordinary course of such holder's business, and
25
<PAGE> 29
such holder does not intend to participate, and has no arrangement or
understanding to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes. Any
holder who tenders pursuant to the Exchange Offer with the intention to
participate, or for the purpose of participating, in a distribution of the
Exchange Notes may not rely on the position of the staff of the Commission
enunciated in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988) or
Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) or similar
interpretive letters, but rather must comply with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a
secondary resale transaction. In addition, any such resale transaction should be
covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security
holders information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K of the Securities
Act.
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in
exchange for 144A Notes, where such 144A Notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, may be a statutory underwriter and must acknowledge that it will
deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. The
Company has agreed to make available a prospectus meeting the requirements of
the Securities Act to any such broker-dealer for use in connection with any
resale of any Exchange Notes acquired in the Exchange Offer. A broker-dealer
which delivers such a prospectus to purchasers in connection with such resales
will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the
Securities Act and will be bound by the provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement (including certain indemnification rights and obligations).
By tendering pursuant to the Exchange Offer, each Holder will represent to
the Company, among other things, (i) the Exchange Notes acquired pursuant to the
Exchange Offer are being obtained in the ordinary course of its business, (ii)
neither the holder nor any such other person has an arrangement or understanding
with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes and
(iii) the holder and any such other person acknowledge that if they participate
in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes (a)
they must, in the absence of an exemption therefrom, comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes and cannot rely on the
no-action letters referenced above and (b) failure to comply with such
requirements in such instance could result in such holder incurring liability
under the Securities Act for which such holder is not indemnified by the
Company. Further, by tendering in the Exchange Offer, each holder that may be
deemed an "affiliate" (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act), of the
Company will represent to the Company that such holder understands and
acknowledges that the Exchange Notes may not be offered for resale, resold, or
otherwise transferred by that Holder without registration under the Securities
Act or an exemption therefrom.
As set forth above, affiliates of the Company are not entitled to rely on
the foregoing interpretations of the staff of the Commission with respect to
resales of the Exchange Notes without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE
As a result of the making of this Exchange Offer, the Company will have
fulfilled one of its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement, and
Holders of 144A Notes who do not tender their 144A Notes generally will not have
any further registration rights under the Registration Rights Agreement or
otherwise. Accordingly, any Holder that does not exchange such Holder's 144A
Notes for Exchange Notes will continue to hold the untendered 144A Notes and
will be entitled to all the rights and limitations applicable thereto under the
Indenture, except to the extent that such rights or limitations, by their terms,
terminate or cease to have further effectiveness as a result of the Exchange
Offer.
The 144A Notes that are not exchanged for Exchange Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, such 144A Notes
may be resold only (i) to the Company (upon redemption thereof or otherwise),
(ii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act,
(iii) so long as the 144A Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A
under the Securities Act, to a Qualified Institutional Buyer in a transaction
meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (iv) outside the United States to a
foreign person pursuant to the exemption from the registration requirements of
the Securities Act provided
26
<PAGE> 30
by Regulation S thereunder, (v) pursuant to an exemption from registration under
the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 thereunder (if available) or (vi) to an
Accredited Investor in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities
laws of any state of the United States or other applicable jurisdiction. See
"Risk Factors -- Restrictions on Transfer."
OTHER
Participation in the Exchange Offer is voluntary and Holders should
carefully consider whether to accept. Holders are urged to consult their
financial and tax advisors in making their own decision on what action to take.
The Company may in the future seek to acquire untendered 144A Notes, to the
extent permitted by applicable law, in open market or privately negotiated
transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. The Company has
no present plans to acquire any 144A Notes that are not tendered in the Exchange
Offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered
144A Notes.
In any state where the Exchange Offer does not fall under a statutory
exemption to the blue sky rules, the Company has filed the appropriate
registrations and notices, and has made the appropriate requests, to permit the
Exchange Offer to be made in such state.
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The following discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), existing and proposed Treasury
Department regulations (the "Regulations") and existing administrative
interpretations and court decisions. There can be no assurance that the Internal
Revenue Service (the "IRS") will not take a contrary view, and no ruling from
the IRS has been or will be sought. In addition, the following discussion is not
based on an opinion of legal counsel and no opinion of legal counsel as to the
tax consequences to Holders of exchanging 144A Notes for Exchange Notes will be
provided. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may
be forthcoming that could alter or modify the statements and conditions set
forth herein. Any such changes or interpretations may or may not be retroactive
and could affect the tax consequences to Holders. Certain Holders of the 144A
Notes (including insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial
institutions, broker-dealers, foreign corporations and persons who are not
citizens or residents of the United States) may be subject to special rules not
discussed below. Each Holder of a 144A Note should consult his, her or its own
tax advisor as to the particular tax consequences of exchanging such Holder's
144A Notes for Exchange Notes, including the applicability and effect of any
state, local or foreign tax laws.
The issuance of the Exchange Notes to Holders of the 144A Notes pursuant to
the terms set forth in this Prospectus will not constitute an exchange for
United States federal income tax purposes because such exchange does not
represent a significant modification of the debt instruments. Consequently, no
gain or loss would be recognized by Holders of the 144A Notes upon receipt of
the Exchange Notes, and ownership of the Exchange Notes will be considered a
continuation of ownership of the 144A Notes. For purposes of determining gain or
loss upon the subsequent sale or exchange of the Exchange Notes, a Holder's
basis in the Exchange Notes should be the same as such Holder's basis in the
144A Notes exchanged therefor. A Holder's holding period for the Exchange Notes
should include the Holder's holding period for the 144A Notes exchanged
therefor. The issue price, original issue discount inclusion and other tax
characteristics of the Exchange Notes should be identical to the issue price,
original issue discount inclusion and other tax characteristics of the 144A
Notes exchanged therefor.
See also "Description of Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of an
Investment in the Notes."
27
<PAGE> 31
USE OF PROCEEDS
There will be no proceeds to the Company from the exchange of Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The net proceeds to the Company from the
offering of the 144A Notes were approximately $144.1 million. The Company used
the net proceeds from the offering of the 144A Notes (i) to repay approximately
$60.9 million in principal amount of senior unsecured indebtedness, including
$35.0 million in principal amount of 8.54% senior notes (the "8.54% Senior
Notes"), $10.9 million in principal amount of 8.13% senior notes (the "8.13%
Senior Notes") and $15.0 million in principal amount of 9.48% senior notes (the
"9.48% Senior Notes" and, together with the 8.54% Senior Notes and the 8.13%
Senior Notes, the "Senior Notes"), approximately $0.9 million in accrued
interest and related prepayment fees of approximately $5.0 million; (ii) to
repay all borrowings outstanding under its revolving credit agreements of
approximately $20.1 million; (iii) to repay all borrowings outstanding under
notes payable to banks of approximately $15.0 million; and (iv) for general
corporate purposes, including capital expenditures. See "Capitalization,"
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Description of Certain Indebtedness." The amounts repaid under
the Revolving Credit Agreements and notes payable to banks may be reborrowed.
Pending application of the $42.2 million of net proceeds to be used for general
corporate purposes, the Company has invested such proceeds in short-term,
interest-bearing securities.
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of June
21, 1997 (i) on an actual basis and (ii) as adjusted to give effect to the
offering of the 144A Notes and the application of the net proceeds therefrom.
See "Use of Proceeds" and the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and
the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF JUNE 21, 1997
-----------------------
ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED
-------- -----------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Notes payable to banks(a)................................... $9,500 $ --
======== ========
Long-term liabilities, including current portion(b):
Revolving credit agreements(c)............................ $26,000 $ --
10.05% notes.............................................. 18,709 18,709
9.05% notes............................................... 19,449 19,449
Mortgage notes............................................ 874 874
Capital lease obligations................................. 4,869 4,869
Economic development bond................................. 1,957 1,957
8.54% Senior Notes........................................ 35,000 --
8.13% Senior Notes........................................ 10,909 --
9.48% Senior Notes........................................ 17,500 --
144A Notes, net of debt discount of $1,222................ -- 148,778
7% convertible subordinated debentures due 2003........... 19,909 19,909
Other..................................................... 761 761
-------- --------
Total long-term liabilities.......................... 155,937 215,306
Shareholders' equity(d)..................................... 117,398 114,006
-------- --------
Total capitalization................................. $273,335 $329,312
======== ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) The Company has $20.0 million in available credit under notes payable to
banks. The Company used a portion of the net proceeds of the offering of the
144A Notes to repay the notes payable to banks but such amounts may be
reborrowed from time to time.
(b) For information regarding the Company's long-term liabilities, see Note C of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(c) The Company has $30.0 million in available credit under the Harris Revolving
Credit Agreement and $20.0 million in available credit under the KeyBank
Revolving Credit Agreement. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Conditions and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources" and "Description of Certain Indebtedness."
(d) Reflects approximately $3.4 million of estimated prepayment fees incurred in
connection with the repayment of the Senior Notes and the write-off of
deferred financing costs related thereto, net of tax benefits.
28
<PAGE> 32
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial data presented below for each
of the fiscal years in the five-year period ended March 29, 1997 have been
derived from the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been
audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors. The selected consolidated
financial data for the twelve weeks ended June 21, 1997 and June 22, 1996 are
derived from the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus. Such Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements, in the opinion of the Company's management,
include all adjustments necessary (consisting of normal recurring accruals) for
the fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations of the
Company for such periods and as of such dates. Selected consolidated financial
data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and with the Consolidated and
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the
related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TWELVE WEEKS ENDED FISCAL YEAR ENDED(A)
----------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
JUNE 21, JUNE 22, MARCH 29, MARCH 30, APRIL 1, APRIL 2, MARCH 27,
1997 1996 1997 1996 1995 1994 1993
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Sales and other
revenues................ $ 343,924 $ 335,844 $1,451,730 $1,390,543 $1,303,261 $1,263,191 $1,170,398
Cost of merchandise sold,
including warehousing
and transportation...... 260,147 254,598 1,096,586 1,047,193 990,037 955,340 891,764
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Gross profit.............. 83,777 81,246 355,144 343,350 313,224 307,851 278,634
Selling, general and
administrative.......... 72,263 80,736 318,634 297,022 268,666 262,792 236,244
Depreciation and
amortization............ 4,376 9,064 23,729 18,957 18,476 18,206 16,503
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Operating profit
(loss)(b)............... 7,138 (8,554) 12,781 27,371 26,082 26,853 25,887
Interest and debt expense
amortization............ 3,063 3,014 13,030 13,087 13,292 13,336 10,318
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income (loss) before
income taxes and
cumulative effect of
changes in accounting
principles.............. 4,075 (11,568) (249) 14,284 12,790 13,517 15,569
Income taxes (credit)..... 1,176 (4,456) (5) 5,251 4,217 4,991 5,741
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income (loss) before
cumulative effect of
changes in accounting
principles.............. 2,899 (7,112) (244) 9,033 8,573 8,526 9,828
Cumulative effect of
changes in accounting
principles.............. -- -- -- -- -- 1,941 --
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net income (loss)(c)...... $2,899 $(7,112) $(244) $9,033 $8,573 $10,467 $9,828
========== ========== ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT
PERIOD END):
Working capital........... $25,371 $19,088 $19,254 $18,587 $26,369 $38,450 $59,330
Total assets.............. 397,395 388,108 395,631 387,294 378,471 375,349 352,511
Current maturities of
long-term liabilities... 6,842 7,183 7,097 7,022 7,142 7,246 4,529
Long-term liabilities,
excluding current
maturities.............. 149,095 136,939 145,429 135,066 143,102 148,818 155,444
Shareholders' equity...... 117,398 111,356 115,448 118,158 114,314 109,794 101,539
</TABLE>
29
<PAGE> 33
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TWELVE WEEKS ENDED FISCAL YEAR ENDED(A)
----------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
JUNE 21, JUNE 22, MARCH 29, MARCH 30, APRIL 1, APRIL 2, MARCH 27,
1997 1996 1997 1996 1995 1994 1993
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Cash flows provided by (used for):
Operating activities.... $ (528) $ 4,547 $ 30,392 $ 27,096 $ 35,199 $ 36,283 $ 34,071
Investing activities.... (3,429) (7,006) (33,167) (25,088) (34,575) (50,137) (29,551)
Financing activities.... 1,230 1,090 2,482 (4,552) (9,370) (2,563) 26,835
EBITDA, as adjusted(d).... 12,641 10,457 52,062 54,145 53,964 52,962 50,197
Depreciation and
amortization(e)......... 5,372 10,193 28,903 24,276 24,713 24,416 21,234
Capital expenditures...... 2,577 7,349 33,594 22,736 30,607 44,322 26,221
Ratio of EBITDA, as
adjusted, to interest
expense................. 4.13x 3.47x 4.00x 4.14x 4.06x 3.97x 4.86x
Ratio of total debt to
EBITDA, as adjusted..... 12.34x 13.78x 2.93x 2.62x 2.78x 2.95x 3.19x
Ratio of earnings to fixed
charges(f).............. 1.88x .78x 1.60x 1.82x 1.77x 1.77x 2.06x
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Fiscal year operating results include 52 weeks for each year except fiscal
1994, which includes 53 weeks.
(b) Reflects a non-cash charge of $7.5 million in the first quarter of fiscal
1997 upon the adoption of FAS 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of," a $2.4
million charge from the decision to curtail the accrual of benefits under
the Company's qualified defined benefit pension plan and $2.8 million from
reorganization and other charges.
(c) Reflects an increase in net income of $1.9 million in fiscal 1994 as a
result of an increase of $3.6 million from the adoption of FAS 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes," partially offset by the recognition of a $1.7
million (net of tax benefit) accrued benefit obligation as a result of the
adoption of FAS 106, "Employers Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other
than Pensions."
(d) EBITDA, as adjusted is defined as income (loss) before interest expense,
income taxes, depreciation and amortization, extraordinary items, LIFO
provision and non-recurring charges, including the effects of the adoption
of FAS 121, the curtailment of the accrual of pension benefits and other
reorganization charges. EBITDA is a measure commonly used in the Company's
industry and is presented to assist in understanding the Company's operating
results. EBITDA should not be considered an alternative measure of the
Company's net income (loss), operating performance, cash flow or liquidity.
It is included herein because management believes it is useful and provides
additional information related to the Company's ability to service and incur
debt.
(e) Includes costs recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses
primarily relating to amortization of certain other assets and excludes debt
expense amortization.
(f) For purposes of computing the ratios, earnings represent income (loss)
before income taxes, the cumulative effect of accounting changes plus fixed
charges. Fixed charges represent interest expense and that portion of rent
expense under all lease commitments deemed to represent an appropriate
interest factor.
30
<PAGE> 34
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Results of operations for interim periods do not necessarily reflect the
results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending March 28, 1998.
The following table sets forth certain income statement components,
expressed as a percentage of sales and other revenues:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TWELVE WEEKS ENDED FISCAL YEAR ENDED
---------------------- ----------------------------------
JUNE 21, JUNE 22, MARCH 29, MARCH 30, APRIL 1,
1997 1996 1997 1996 1995
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Supermarkets...................... 68.1% 69.0% 68.9% 70.6% 71.8%
Village Pantry stores............. 12.3 13.1 12.6 12.5 13.1
CSDC.............................. 17.7 16.3 16.7 15.4 14.8
Other............................. 1.9 1.6 1.8 1.5 0.3
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Sales and other revenues.......... 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
===== ===== ===== ===== =====
Gross profit...................... 24.4% 24.2% 24.5% 24.7% 24.0%
Selling, general and
administrative.................. 21.0 24.0 21.9 21.4 20.6
Depreciation and amortization..... 1.3 2.7 1.6 1.4 1.4
Operating profit (loss)........... 2.1 (2.5) 0.9 2.0 2.0
</TABLE>
SALES AND OTHER REVENUES
Consolidated sales and other revenues of $343.9 million increased $8.1
million, or 2.4%, in the first quarter of fiscal 1998 ended June 21, 1997 from
the first quarter of fiscal 1997 ended June 22, 1996. The first quarter of
fiscal 1997 included the Easter holiday. The first quarter of fiscal 1998 did
not include the Easter holiday which negatively impacted sales and other
revenues during the quarter. Supermarket revenues increased $2.0 million,
convenience wholesale (CSDC) revenues increased $800,000, while Village Pantry
revenues decreased $1.6 million. Retail sales (excluding fuel sales) increased
0.7% for the quarter. Sales in comparable supermarkets and convenience stores
(including replacement stores and format conversions) increased 0.2% from the
first quarter of fiscal 1997. Comparable store sales is a customary measure used
by retailers to eliminate the effect of new and closed stores from the sales
change measure. As such, it measures the sales change in stores open during the
periods under comparison. The Company believes that sales in comparable
supermarkets and convenience stores is useful in analyzing the sales performance
of stores.
Consolidated sales and other revenues of $1,451.7 million increased $61.2
million, or 4.4%, in fiscal 1997 from fiscal 1996. Consolidated sales and other
revenues for fiscal 1997 include gains from sales of real estate of $1.8
million, compared to $2.8 million from sales of real estate in fiscal 1996.
Approximately $20.1 million of the increase was from supermarkets, $9.5 million
from Village Pantry, $28.6 million from CSDC and $4.9 million from Crystal Food
Services. Retail sales (excluding fuel sales) increased 2.3%. Sales in
comparable stores (including replacement supermarkets and convenience stores and
format conversions) in fiscal 1997 increased 0.8% from fiscal 1996. Low rates of
food price inflation and competitive activity constrained comparable stores
sales growth. The revenue increase in supermarkets was due principally to new
stores opened since July 1995. The increase in Village Pantry revenues was
primarily in stores open both full years. The increase in CSDC resulted from the
addition of new customers and volume increases from existing customers. At the
end of fiscal 1997, CSDC served over 1,400 nonrelated stores, compared to 1,360
at the end of fiscal 1996. The increase in Crystal Food Services sales and other
revenues is attributable to the addition of two major venues and five lesser
venues, as well as increases at existing service sites.
In fiscal 1996, revenues increased $87.3 million, or 6.7%, from fiscal
1995. The supermarket, Village Pantry, CSDC and Crystal Food Services operations
increased revenues compared to fiscal 1995 by $45.5 million, $3.6 million, $22.0
million and $14.5 million, respectively. The revenue increases in supermarkets
and
31
<PAGE> 35
Village Pantry were due principally to stores opened in fiscal 1996. CSDC sales
increased due to new customers and volume increases from existing customers. The
increase in food service sales and other revenues was attributable to the
acquisitions of Crystal Catering in January 1995, and Martz in May 1995.
Excluding fuel sales, retail sales in comparable stores improved 1.1% in fiscal
1996 from fiscal 1995.
Comparable store sales in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997 improved 2.1%
over the same quarter of fiscal 1996, the best quarterly performance of this
measure in three years. With the pace of new competitive openings slowing, the
Company believes that current marketing and merchandising programs are
positioned to achieve improvement in the comparable store sales trend.
GROSS PROFIT
Gross profit is calculated net of warehousing, transportation and
promotional expenses. In the first quarter of fiscal 1998, gross profit of $83.8
million increased $2.5 million, or 3.1%, from the prior year quarter. As a
percentage of revenues, gross profit increased 0.2% to 24.4%. The increase, as a
percent of revenues, was primarily attributable to a higher margin rate in
Crystal Food Services combined with lower warehouse and delivery costs (as a
percent of revenues). Supermarkets and Village Pantry showed improved margin
rates, while CSDC's margin rate declined.
In fiscal 1997, gross profit was $355.1 million, an increase of $11.8
million, or 3.4%, compared to fiscal 1996. The increase was attributable to
improvements of $7.6 million in supermarkets, $1.4 million in Village Pantry,
$287,000 in CSDC and $3.6 million in Crystal Food Services. Expressed as a
percentage of revenues, consolidated gross profit was 24.5% in fiscal 1997, a
decrease of 0.2% from 24.7% in fiscal 1996. The decrease was primarily due to
increases in fuel sales by Village Pantry and wholesale sales of CSDC, which
have gross profit margins significantly lower than the average of the Company's
other operations. Supermarket and Crystal Food Services margin percent to sales
improved in fiscal 1997, while Village Pantry and CSDC margin percent to sales
declined slightly, due to higher sales of fuel and cigarettes, respectively, at
margin rates lower than food products.
In fiscal 1996, consolidated gross profit increased $30.1 million, or 9.6%,
from the previous year. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, consolidated
gross profit was 24.7% in 1996 and 24.0% in fiscal 1995. The 0.7% improvement
was primarily attributable to a five-fold increase in sales of Crystal Food
Services, related to the aforementioned acquisitions, which have gross profit
margins significantly higher than the average of the Company's other operations.
The Crystal Food Services increase was accompanied by improvements in
supermarket and CSDC margins. Gains in these margins more than offset a decline
in Village Pantry, resulting from a disproportionate increase in fuel sales,
which have a lower margin rate than food products, accompanied by decreased fuel
margins in the second half of fiscal 1996.
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $72.3 million in the
first quarter of fiscal 1998, a decrease of $8.5 million from the first quarter
of fiscal 1997. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative
expenses decreased to 21.0% from 24.0% in the comparable quarter of 1997. The
decrease was due to specific expenses reduced in the first quarter of 1998,
combined with first quarter fiscal 1997 charges not normally recurring. First
quarter 1998 store operating costs increased $1.3 million, but were more than
offset by a decline of $1.4 million in advertising outlays, a $0.9 million
decrease in casualty and workers compensation losses, and a $0.8 million
reduction in state gross receipts tax. The first quarter 1997 charges not
normally recurring included $2.6 million in FAS 121 charges related to future
lease obligations and write-down of land values for impaired stores, $2.4
million from the decision to curtail the accrual of benefits under the Company's
qualified defined benefit pension plan and $1.3 million for reorganization
expenses for recruiting and relocation of certain personnel hired during the
first quarter, consulting fees and the decision to sever certain employees. In
addition, a $0.5 million charge to merchandising allowances related to a
supplier contract, and $0.3 million in management compensation payments made in
lieu of wage increases were expensed. Wage expense in stores open both quarters,
excluding supermarket conversions to the LoBill format, decreased 1.3% from the
first quarter of fiscal 1997. The Company implemented labor productivity changes
in
32
<PAGE> 36
the current year aimed at reducing recent increases in wage costs, while
continuing to maintain high customer service levels.
Selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 1997, compared to
fiscal 1996, increased $21.6 million, or 7.3%, to $318.6 million. Expressed as a
percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased
0.5% to 21.9% in fiscal 1997, from 21.4% in fiscal 1996. This compared to a 0.8%
increase in fiscal 1996 from fiscal 1995. The increased expenses were primarily
attributable to increases of $17.1 million in supermarkets, $1.9 million in
Village Pantry and $3.2 million in Crystal Food Services. The increase in
supermarket expenses was primarily attributable to selling expenses in stores
opened since July 1995 and charges not normally recurring, including: $2.6
million of FAS 121 charges related to future lease obligations and the
write-down of land values for stores impaired due to competitive openings since
May 1994; $2.4 million from the decision to curtail the accrual of benefits
under the Company's qualified defined benefit pension plan; $1.3 million for
reorganization expenses primarily related to personnel expenses for recruiting
and relocation, as well as expenses related to internal management; and $1.5
million primarily related to adjustments in merchandising allowances and
payments to employees in lieu of wage increases. The reorganization expenses
were designed to make the Company more merchandising focused and to improve
further the Company's prepared foods programs.
Wages in identical stores increased 2.1% in fiscal 1997 from fiscal 1996,
following a 1.6% increase in fiscal 1996 from fiscal 1995. A tight labor market
resulted in a shift to more full-time employees, wage increases and increased
overtime. Retailers generally offset wage increases with higher gross margin
rates, higher same store sales, and productivity gains. The Company expects a
tight labor market to continue, but implemented labor productivity changes in
fiscal 1997 aimed at reducing the recent increases in wage costs, while
continuing to maintain high customer service levels. The Company also expects
improvements in gross margin rates and same store sales, further offsetting wage
cost increases.
Selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 1996, compared to
fiscal 1995, increased $28.4 million, or 10.6%, to $297.0 million. The increased
expenses were primarily attributable to increases of $18.0 million in
supermarkets, $2.0 million in Village Pantry and $8.9 million in Crystal Food
Services. The increase in supermarkets resulted primarily from increases in
occupancy expenses related to stores opened during fiscal 1995 and fiscal 1996,
retail wages and related expenses, and advertising and promotional expenses.
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSE
Depreciation and amortization expense for the first quarter of fiscal 1998
was $4.4 million, compared to $9.1 million in 1997 that included $4.9 million in
FAS 121 charges primarily related to the write-down of eight supermarkets and 12
convenience stores. As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization
expense was 1.3% for the first quarter of fiscal 1998, compared to 2.7% for the
first quarter of fiscal 1997.
Depreciation and amortization expense increased $4.8 million from fiscal
1996 to $23.7 million in fiscal 1997, and included $4.9 million in FAS 121
charges primarily related to the adjustment of building and equipment carrying
costs of eight supermarkets and 12 convenience stores.
Depreciation and amortization expense for fiscal 1996 increased $481,000
from fiscal 1995 due primarily to opening new stores. Expressed as a percentage
of revenues, depreciation and amortization expense was 1.6% for fiscal 1997,
compared to 1.4% for both fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1995.
OPERATING PROFIT
Operating profit was $7.1 million, or 2.1% of revenues, for the first
quarter of fiscal 1998 compared to an operating loss of $8.6 million in the
first quarter of fiscal 1997. The $2.5 million improvement in gross profit,
combined with lower selling, general and administrative expenses in the first
quarter of fiscal 1998 and the previously discussed 1997 charges not normally
recurring reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses, and
depreciation and amortization, accounted for the operating profit improvement.
Operating profit (earnings from continuing operations before interest and
taxes) was $12.8 million, or 0.9%, of consolidated revenues for fiscal 1997,
compared to $27.4 million, or 2.0%, in fiscal 1996. The gross
33
<PAGE> 37
profit increase of $11.8 million was more than offset by increases of $21.6
million in selling, general and administrative expenses and $4.8 million in
depreciation and amortization expense. Selling, general and administrative
expenses were impacted by the FAS 121 and other charges not normally recurring,
as previously discussed.
As a percentage of revenues, operating profit was 2.0% in fiscal 1996 and
fiscal 1995. Operating profit increased 4.9% in fiscal 1996 from fiscal 1995 as
improved gross profit exceeded increases in operating expenses.
After the end of fiscal 1997, the Company restructured its retail operating
units to compete more effectively in the capital markets. The Company believes
that the restructuring will reduce certain expenses approximately $3.0 million
annually.
INTEREST EXPENSE
Interest expense in the first quarter of fiscal 1998 was $3.1 million,
compared to $3.0 million in the first quarter of fiscal 1997. The increase
resulted from slightly higher debt principal balances in the current year
quarter. Interest expense was $13.0 million in fiscal 1997, compared to $13.1
million in fiscal 1996. Lower interest costs were essentially offset by a lower
level of capitalized construction interest. Interest expense in fiscal 1996
decreased $205,000 as a result of lower debt principal amounts and an increased
level of capitalized construction interest.
INCOME TAXES
For the quarter ended June 21, 1997, the effective income tax rate was
28.9% compared to 38.5% for the prior year quarter. The first quarter fiscal
1998 effective rate is based on the overall expected rate for fiscal 1998, and
is lower than the statutory rate due to contributions, tax credits and an
anticipated state tax loss carryback resulting from restructuring the Company's
supermarket and Village Pantry operations. The effective income tax rate for
fiscal 1997 is not meaningful; the effective income tax rate was 36.8% in fiscal
1996 and 33.0% in fiscal 1995. Income tax expense (credit) was ($5,000) in
fiscal 1997, $5.3 million in fiscal 1996 and $4.2 million in fiscal 1995. The
fiscal 1997 decrease in tax expense was essentially due to lower pre-tax
earnings. The fiscal 1996 effective rate increase resulted from a dramatic
decrease in Targeted Jobs Tax Credits and a decreased level of charitable
donations as compared to fiscal 1995. The benefit of Targeted Jobs Tax Credits
was significantly less in fiscal 1996, since the credit expired for employees
hired after December 31, 1994.
NET INCOME (LOSS)
Net income for the quarter ended June 21, 1997 was $2.9 million, or 0.8% of
revenue, compared to a net loss of $7.1 million, or (negative) 2.1% of revenue,
for the twelve weeks ended June 22, 1996. Net loss for fiscal 1997 was $244,000,
compared to net income of $9.0 million, or 0.6% of revenues, for fiscal 1996.
Supermarket and Village Pantry net income declined as a result of the FAS 121
charges and other charges not normally recurring taken in fiscal 1997. Net
income improved in Crystal Food Services, but declined slightly in CSDC for
fiscal 1997.
Net income for fiscal 1996 of $9.0 million improved from $8.6 million in
fiscal 1995. Fiscal 1996 benefited from the sale of surplus real estate and
marketable securities and a favorable LIFO adjustment. Supermarket and Village
Pantry earnings were lower than the prior fiscal year, while CSDC and Crystal
Food Services earnings increased.
OTHER
In the retail food industry, changes in product cost generally result in
higher or lower retail prices with gross margin percentages remaining relatively
stable. Periods of very moderate food price inflation or price deflation tend to
affect operating results adversely since revenues are reduced while inflationary
increases
34
<PAGE> 38
continue in certain expense categories. Through the use of the LIFO inventory
costing method, current costs are reflected in the cost of merchandise sold.
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
Capital expenditures and major capital projects completed during the
historical periods indicated consisted of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TWELVE WEEKS
ENDING FISCAL YEAR ENDED
-------------------- --------------------------------
JUNE 21, JUNE 22, MARCH 29, MARCH 30, APRIL 1,
1997 1996 1997 1996 1995
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Capital expenditures (in millions)........ $2.6 $7.3 $33.6 $22.7 $30.6
Supermarkets:
New/acquired stores..................... 1 0 1 3 1
Closed stores........................... 0 0 3 1 0
Major remodels/expansions............... 1 1 3 4 0
Convenience stores:
New/acquired stores..................... 0 1 3 1 5
Closed stores........................... 0 1 2 1 1
</TABLE>
All years include land acquisitions for future store development.
During the first quarter of fiscal 1998, the following stores were opened,
remodeled or were under construction:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TYPE CATEGORY SQUARE FEET LOCATION STATUS
- ---- -------- ----------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Supermarket Remodel 75,000 Westfield, IN Under construction
Supermarket Remodel 80,000 Fishers, IN Under construction
LoBill New 42,000 Hamilton, OH Open
LoBill Conversion 23,000 Connersville, IN Open
</TABLE>
For fiscal 1998, the Company plans to open one LoBill supermarket and five
new convenience stores and acquire several sites for future development.
Additionally, the Company plans to upgrade supermarket front-end systems and
scale equipment, and implement new generation inventory procurement/distribution
software. Also, in fiscal 1998, additional Village Pantry stores will offer
Shell brand gasoline with Shell Oil Company providing the capital for upgrading
existing fuel operations at these stores. The cost to the Company of these
projects and other capital commitments is estimated to be approximately $25
million.
During fiscal 1997, the Company opened the following stores:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
APPROXIMATE
SQUARE
TYPE CATEGORY FEET LOCATION OPENED
- ---- ----------- ----------- ------------------ --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Supermarket Replacement 65,000 Muncie, IN Nov. 8, 1996
LoBill Conversion 32,000 Indianapolis, IN Apr. 1, 1996
LoBill Conversion 22,000 Portland, IN Jul. 26, 1996
LoBill Conversion 17,000 Union City, OH Jul. 26, 1996
Convenience New 4,500 Cambridge City, IN Jun. 13, 1996
Convenience New 4,500 Albany, IN Jul. 11, 1996
Convenience New 4,500 Frankfort, IN Oct. 25, 1996
</TABLE>
35
<PAGE> 39
During fiscal 1996, the Company opened the following stores:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
APPROXIMATE
SQUARE
TYPE CATEGORY FEET LOCATION OPENED
- ---- ----------- ----------- ---------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Superstore New 81,000 Lafayette, IN Jul. 25, 1995
Supermarket Replacement 60,000 Muncie, IN Aug. 3, 1995
Supermarket New 57,000 Indianapolis, IN Nov. 3, 1995
LoBill Conversion 26,000 Anderson, IN Apr. 6, 1995
LoBill Conversion 27,000 Muncie, IN Apr. 6, 1995
LoBill Conversion 39,000 Anderson, IN May 1, 1995
LoBill Conversion 22,000 Indianapolis, IN Sep. 26, 1995
Convenience New 4,600 Muncie, IN Jun. 29, 1995
</TABLE>
In addition to these projects, the Company increased the perishable
warehouse facility square footage in Yorktown, Indiana to 191,000 square feet
from 124,000 square feet and constructed a central kitchen in an existing
storeroom in Noblesville, Indiana. In fiscal 1996, the Company purchased the
assets of Martz for $1.0 million in cash and the issuance of 43,416 shares of
Class B Common Stock. In fiscal 1995, the Company purchased the assets of
Crystal Catering, the largest caterer in Indianapolis, and its affiliated
companies for $4.8 million. An additional $900,000 of purchase price is
contingent upon the cumulative performance of Crystal Food Services for 1996
through 1998.
The Company's plans with respect to store construction, expansion,
conversion and remodeling may be revised in light of changing conditions, such
as competitive influences, its ability to negotiate successfully site
acquisitions or leases, zoning limitations and other governmental regulations.
The timing of projects is subject to normal construction and other delays. It is
possible that projects described above may not commence, others may be added,
and a portion of planned expenditures with respect to projects commenced during
the current fiscal year may carry over to the subsequent fiscal year.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Net cash used for operating activities was $0.5 million for the first
quarter of fiscal 1998, compared to $4.5 million net cash provided by operating
activities for the first quarter of fiscal 1997. The significant changes in
working capital were a $2.7 million decrease in cash and equivalents, a $6.2
million increase in inventory and a $2.9 million decrease in accrued
liabilities. The decrease in cash and the increase in inventory were due to
replenishment of warehouse stock levels depleted prior to fiscal 1997 year end,
and the decrease in accrued liabilities resulted primarily from the payment of
real and personal property taxes, annual store management incentive payments and
vacation wages.
Net cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 1997 was $30.4
million. This was a $3.3 million, or 12.2%, increase from the $27.1 million
reported for fiscal 1996. The most significant changes in working capital were a
$1.8 million increase in accounts receivable, a $1.5 million decrease in
inventory and a $5.9 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses.
The increase in accounts receivable was largely attributable to increased sales
by CSDC to credit customers. The inventory decrease was attributable to reduced
carrying levels of cigarettes. The increase in accounts payable and accrued
expenses was attributable to increases in accrued wages and fringe benefits,
merchandising promotional costs, workers compensation reserves and other accrued
expenses.
Net cash used for investing activities during fiscal 1997 was $33.2
million, an $8.1 million increase over fiscal 1996. For fiscal 1997, investing
activities consisted of $29.8 million in expenditures for acquisition of
property, equipment and land for expansion, net of dispositions, and $3.4
million in other investing activities (primarily acquisition of rental video
tapes to be amortized over two years). The Company's capital requirements are
traditionally financed through internally generated funds, long-term borrowings
and lease financings, including capital and operating leases. The Company
anticipates continued access to such financing sources.
36
<PAGE> 40
The Company has historically paid quarterly dividends on its outstanding
shares of Common Stock. Dividend payments totaled approximately $0.9 million
during the first quarter of fiscal 1998 and approximately $3.7 million during
each of fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995. The Indenture governing the Notes and the
Revolving Credit Agreements generally permits the Company to pay dividends,
subject to certain limitations. The Company has historically funded its payments
of dividends through internally generated cash flow.
In fiscal 1994 the board of directors of the Company authorized a stock
repurchase program in which the Company was authorized to acquire from time to
time in the open market or private purchases up to $2.0 million of the Company's
common stock at up to $14.00 per share. In fiscal 1995 this program was
increased to up to $4.0 million of the Company common stock. As of June 21,
1997, the Company had repurchased approximately $2.1 million of the Company's
common stock.
The Company generally does not engage in derivatives activity or purchase
interest rate or currency hedge agreements. However, there can be no assurance
that the Company will not do so in the future or as to the materiality of any
such activity.
The Company is subject to various federal, state and local environmental
laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which it operates. Although it is
difficult to predict future environmental costs, the Company does not anticipate
any material adverse effect as a result of future costs of environmental
compliance. The Company is aware of the existence of petroleum contamination at
21 Village Pantry locations and has commenced remediation at each of these
sites. The cost of remediation is not expected to be material to the Company's
results of operations. See "Risk Factors -- Risk of Environmental Liability."
At June 21, 1997, the Company's long-term debt and capital lease
obligations excluding current maturities amounted to $149.1 million, compared to
$136.9 million at June 22, 1996. Of the total long-term debt and capital lease
obligations at June 21, 1997, 82% were at fixed rates of interest averaging
8.7%, and 18% were at fluctuating rates averaging 6.1%. At June 22, 1996, fixed
rate obligations comprised 94% of long-term debt and capital lease obligations
were at an average interest rate of 8.8%; the remaining 6% were at fluctuating
rates averaging 6.1%.
The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering of the
144A Notes to repay $63.4 million in principal amount of the Senior Notes and
related prepayment fees. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Description of Certain
Indebtedness." In connection with the offering of the 144A Notes, the Company
entered into the Harris Revolving Credit Agreement which provides $30.0 million
of financing and amended the $20.0 million KeyBank Revolving Credit Agreement.
In addition, the Company has $20.0 million of available borrowings under notes
payable to banks. At June 21, 1997, $26.0 million was outstanding under the
Revolving Credit Agreements at a weighted average interest rate of 6.075% and
$9.5 million was outstanding under notes payable to banks at a weighted average
interest rate of 6.02%.
The Company expects to continue to have significant liquidity requirements.
In addition to working capital needs and capital expenditures, the Company will
have increased cash requirements for debt service. The Company believes that the
remaining net proceeds from the offering of the 144A Notes, borrowings under the
Revolving Credit Agreements and notes payable to banks, cash flows from
operating activities and lease financings will be adequate to meet the Company's
working capital needs, planned capital expenditures and debt service obligations
for the foreseeable future. As the Company's debt matures, the Company may need
to refinance such debt. There can be no assurance that such debt will be
refinanced, or, if so, whether it will be refinanced on terms favorable to the
Company.
37
<PAGE> 41
QUARTERLY RESULTS AND SEASONALITY
Set forth below is certain summary information with respect to the
Company's operations for the most recent nine fiscal quarters. Historically, the
Company's supermarket sales are subject to some seasonal fluctuation, typical to
its industry. Traditionally, higher sales occur during the third quarter holiday
season, and lower sales occur in the warm weather months of the second quarter.
Convenience store sales traditionally peak in the summer months. Each of the
fiscal quarters consists of 12 weeks, except for the second quarter which
consists of 16 weeks.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL 1998 FISCAL 1997 FISCAL 1996
----------- ----------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
FIRST FOURTH THIRD SECOND FIRST FOURTH THIRD SECOND FIRST
QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER
----------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales and other
revenues............... $343,924 $328,671 $338,116 $449,099 $335,844 $316,022 $329,275 $425,781 $319,465
Gross profit............. 83,777 82,565 82,153 109,180 81,246 79,884 79,685 105,037 78,744
Operating profit
(loss)................. 7,138 6,931 6,301 8,103 (8,554)(a) 6,005 6,027 7,367 7,972
Interest and debt expense
amortization........... 3,063 3,200 2,992 3,824 3,014 3,084 3,099 3,854 3,050
Net income (loss)........ 2,899 2,123 2,006 2,739 (7,112) 1,854 1,813 2,231 3,135
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Reflects a pre-tax charge to earnings of $7.5 million in the first quarter
of fiscal 1997 upon the adoption of FAS 121, "Accounting for the Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of," a $2.4
million charge from the decision to curtail the accrual of benefits under
the Company's qualified defined benefit pension plan and $2.8 million from
reorganization and other non-recurring charges.
ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
The Company adopted FAS 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived
Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of," in the first quarter of
fiscal 1997. The statement establishes accounting standards for recognizing and
measuring the impairment of long-lived assets, and requires the carrying amount
of any impaired assets be reduced to fair value. The adoption of this standard
resulted in a charge to earnings of $4.6 million, net of tax, in the first
quarter of fiscal 1997, and is more fully discussed in Note A of Notes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company expects prospective earnings to
improve approximately $900,000 annually ($565,000 after tax, or $.06 per fully
diluted share) as a result of adopting FAS 121.
In October 1995, FAS 123, "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation" was
issued. This statement defines a fair value based method of accounting for stock
and stock options issued to compensate employees and others. However, FAS 123
allows companies to continue using existing methods for recognizing the expense
of these plans if they provide pro forma disclosures in the financial statements
and earnings per share using the fair value method prescribed in the statement.
The Company intends to follow the current accounting approach and the prescribed
disclosures are included in Note H of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements. FAS 123 had no impact on the Company's fiscal 1997 consolidated
financial position or results of operations.
In February 1997, FAS 128, "Earnings per Share" was issued, which is
required to be adopted for both interim and annual financial statements ending
after December 15, 1997. At that time, the Company will be required to change
the method currently used to compute earnings per share and to restate all prior
periods. Under the new requirements for calculating primary earnings per share,
the dilutive effect of stock options will be excluded. The impact of FAS 128 on
the calculation of both primary and fully diluted earnings per share for fiscal
years 1997 and 1996 is not expected to be material.
38
<PAGE> 42
BUSINESS
GENERAL
The Company is a leading regional retailer and distributor of food products
and services operating in Indiana and western Ohio. The Company operates 89
Marsh and LoBill supermarkets and 182 Village Pantry convenience stores. Through
CSDC, the Company distributes a broad range of products to its Village Pantry
stores and approximately 1,400 unaffiliated convenience stores in a 10 state
area. Through Crystal Food Services, the Company provides a broad range of other
food services, including catering, concession services, vending and cafeteria
management. During fiscal 1997, the Company had consolidated sales and other
revenues and EBITDA of $1.5 billion and $52.1 million, respectively.
The Company operates 73 full-service supermarkets under the "Marsh" name
and 16 value-oriented supermarkets under the "LoBill" name. Since commencing
operations in 1931, the Company has developed a modern store base with many
prime locations, strong brand name recognition and a reputation for superior
quality and service. In the Indianapolis area, the Company's supermarkets have a
30% market share. Marsh supermarkets feature an extensive line of traditional
grocery items as well as a broad array of service and specialty departments
including delicatessens, bakeries, prepared foods, prime cut meats, fresh
seafood, floral and video rental. LoBill supermarkets target the price conscious
shopper by emphasizing every day low prices and a value-oriented product mix,
including products sold under the Company's "Marsh" and "Yorktown" labels. The
complementary Marsh and LoBill supermarket formats allow the Company to maximize
its operating flexibility by tailoring stores to the demographics of individual
locations. The Company's Marsh and LoBill supermarkets average approximately
40,000 and 27,000 square feet, respectively, and during fiscal 1997, had average
weekly revenues per store of $232,400 and $113,700, respectively. During fiscal
1997, supermarket operations accounted for 68.9% of consolidated sales and other
revenues.
Village Pantry stores offer a broad selection of grocery, bakery, dairy and
delicatessen items, including freshly prepared coffee, pastry products,
sandwiches and other food products prepared daily on site. Approximately 57% of
the Company's convenience stores offer petroleum products. Recently, the Company
entered into an agreement with Shell Oil Company to offer Shell brand gasoline
in certain stores. Village Pantry stores currently average approximately 2,800
square feet. However, over the past several years, the Company has focused on
developing larger Village Pantry stores with approximately 4,500 square feet
which offer a broader variety of products prepared daily and sit-down eating
areas. During fiscal 1997, larger Village Pantry stores (in excess of 3,500
square feet) experienced 6.7% growth in average weekly revenues per store
compared to 2.7% growth in smaller Village Pantry stores. Village Pantry
operations accounted for 12.6% of consolidated sales and other revenues in
fiscal 1997.
CSDC distributes over 9,500 products, including tobacco products,
groceries, snack items, housewares and health and beauty care products to
Village Pantry stores and approximately 1,400 unaffiliated convenience stores in
a 10 state area. CSDC distributes products from a 210,000 square foot warehouse
and distribution facility in Richmond, Indiana. The Company believes that the
distribution of products to Village Pantry and unaffiliated stores results in
efficiencies in purchasing and distribution. Crystal Food Services provides
exclusive catering services at 10 banquet facilities located in the Indianapolis
market and special event catering at a number of venues, including the
Indianapolis Motor Speedway, the RCA Tennis Championships, the Horizon
Convention Center and the Indiana State Fairgrounds Event Center. Crystal Food
Services also provides concession services, cafeteria management and vending
services. During fiscal 1997, CSDC and Crystal Food Services accounted for 16.7%
and 1.6% of consolidated sales and other revenues, respectively.
BUSINESS STRENGTHS
The Company believes it is well-positioned to build upon its historical
success by capitalizing on its competitive strengths, including the following:
Leading Market Position. Each of the Company's divisions is a leading
provider of products and services in its market area. The Company operates more
supermarkets in Indianapolis and the surrounding 13 counties than any of its
competitors. The Company's supermarkets have a 30% market share in the
39
<PAGE> 43
Indianapolis area and have been able to maintain their market share despite the
entry of a substantial competitor and the opening of 28 stores by competitors in
the last two fiscal years. Village Pantry operates the largest number of
convenience stores operated by any chain in the Company's market area. According
to industry sources, CSDC ranks fourteenth nationally among the largest
wholesale distributors of products to convenience stores, and the Company
believes CSDC is one of the leading distributors to convenience stores in its
market area. Crystal Food Services is the largest provider of catering services
in the Indianapolis area.
Diversified Food Service Retailer and Distributor. Since 1931, the Company
has evolved into a diversified retailer and distributor of food products and
services through the strategic development of its convenience store,
distribution and catering businesses. This diversification has enabled the
Company to (i) increase its purchasing power and distribution efficiencies, (ii)
increase the number of higher margin products and services offered in its
supermarkets and convenience stores, such as prepared foods and home meal
replacement items, and (iii) supplement its supermarket revenues.
Reputation for Quality and Customer Service. The Company has established a
reputation as a provider of superior quality and service to its customers,
resulting in strong brand name recognition and customer loyalty. The Company
strives to deliver superior customer service and satisfaction by using targeted
departmental staffing in its full-service specialty departments and by offering
customer service "guarantees" such as opening a new checkout line if more than
three customers are in a single checkout line. The Company has been a leader in
conducting consumer surveys to determine customer tastes and preferences and in
implementing innovations designed to improve customer service. The Company was
the first supermarket chain to scan the UPC code using electronic scanning
checkout systems and, in the 1960's, the Company began accepting credit cards as
a means of payment. All of the Company's supermarkets and convenience stores are
open seven days a week, and most are open 24 hours a day.
Strong Operating Efficiencies due to Geographic Concentration. All of the
Company's supermarkets and convenience stores are located in Indiana and western
Ohio, substantially all of which are located within 150 miles of the Company's
headquarters. The Company believes that the close proximity of its warehouse,
distribution and headquarters facilities to its supermarkets and convenience
stores results in more efficient management supervision of the Company's
operations, increased speed of delivery and lower distribution and
transportation costs. Approximately 80% of food deliveries to the Company's
supermarkets are 80 miles or less. The Company also benefits from advertising
efficiencies as the Indianapolis television market covers approximately 80% of
the Company's stores. All of the stores which the Company expects to open in the
next two fiscal years will be within 150 miles of the Company's headquarters.
Prime Real Estate Locations. The Company's 66 years of operation in the
Indianapolis area have allowed it to establish prime store locations in urban
and suburban areas which the Company believes would be difficult for a
competitor to replicate.
Experienced Management Team. The Company's management has substantial
experience in each of its operating divisions. The Company's President and the
principal operating officers of the Company's supermarket, Village Pantry, CSDC
and Crystal Food Services operations have on average more than 25 years of
experience with the Company. The Company believes that this experience has been
invaluable in successfully implementing the Company's business strategy during a
period of intense competition. The Company's directors and executive officers
own beneficially an aggregate of 21.4% of the Company's Class A Common Stock and
18.6% of the Company's Class B Common Stock.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
The Company's strategic objective is to enhance its position as a leading
regional food service retailer and distributor of food products by (i) expanding
its business through new store openings, margin expansion, new products and
services, and comparable store sales growth, and (ii) evaluating acquisition
opportunities.
Development of Larger Stores. The Company believes the development of
larger Marsh supermarkets, which provide customers with a broad array of
services and specialty departments in addition to traditional grocery items,
enhances margins and increases customer traffic and loyalty. The Company has
been a leader in
40
<PAGE> 44
broadening the scope of specialty products and services provided in its
supermarkets, such as prepared foods and home meal replacement items, which are
geared toward the increasing convenience orientation of customers. The Company
expects to devote a greater proportion of new and remodeled stores to such
specialty departments. During fiscal 1998 and 1999, the Company expects to open
three Marsh and two LoBill supermarkets and 15 Village Pantry stores. The
Company expects to focus future development of Marsh supermarkets on food and
drug combination stores of approximately 55,000 to 75,000 square feet,
approximately 5,000 square feet of which is devoted to warehouse-type
merchandising of bulk pack merchandise. The Company's development of Village
Pantry stores will continue to focus on larger stores of approximately 4,500
square feet, which offer sit-down eating areas and a broad array of higher
margin products, including in-store prepared coffee, pastry products,
sandwiches, pizza and broasted chicken.
Complementary and Flexible Supermarket Formats. The Company's
value-oriented LoBill format complements the full-service Marsh format by
enabling the Company to maximize operating flexibility by tailoring stores to
the demographics of individual locations and responding to changing
demographics. The Company's LoBill format provides an alternative to the Marsh
supermarket (i) in certain urban markets where changing demographics have
resulted in more price conscious customers who choose price-oriented food stores
over traditional full-service supermarkets and (ii) in smaller communities that
are better suited for the LoBill format. Moreover, both the Marsh and LoBill
formats are flexible and can be tailored to meet the demands of individual store
sites in their respective communities.
Innovative Marketing Strategies. The Company has been a leader in
developing and implementing marketing strategies specifically targeted to
individual shoppers. For example, in fiscal 1994, the Company introduced Fresh
I.D.E.A. The Company is the only major supermarket chain to offer a frequent
shopper program in its market area. The Company has issued over 1.0 million
Fresh I.D.E.A. cards which function as check cashing and video rental cards and
automatically provide electronic coupons. The card also provides the Company
with information on the frequency of use and merchandise selection of the user,
enabling the Company to implement specific marketing strategies aimed at its
most valuable and loyal customers. The Company estimates that over 70% of
supermarket sales are currently derived from holders of Fresh I.D.E.A. cards.
Other marketing strategies adopted by the Company include the "Fresh Express"
home delivery service and the "Chef Fresh" take-out food program which provides
freshly prepared, ready-to-eat meals.
Higher Margin Products and Proprietary Brands. The Company intends to
emphasize and increase sales of products in its specialty departments, such as
prepared foods and home meal replacement items, which typically carry higher
margins than other grocery products. The Company believes that customers are
increasingly convenience oriented and interested in such products, including
seafood, delicatessen and bakery items. The Company is also attempting to
increase sales of proprietary brands, including its "Marsh" and "Yorktown"
brands. Proprietary brands typically carry higher margins than comparable
branded products and also result in increased customer loyalty. Sales of
proprietary brands increased from 8.7% of supermarket sales in fiscal 1996 to
9.5% in fiscal 1997.
Strategic Capital Investments and Acquisitions. The Company intends to
continue to invest significantly in its management information systems,
including a computer-assisted reordering system. The Company anticipates
spending approximately $12.5 million in fiscal 1998 on management information
systems. In addition, the Company continually seeks opportunities to acquire
additional stores, small supermarket chains and complementary businesses, such
as the 1995 acquisitions of Martz and Crystal Catering. Although the Company
enters discussions from time to time with various parties, the Company has no
pending or current plans, arrangements, understandings or agreements with
respect to any additional acquisitions at the present time.
Cost Savings Strategies. During fiscal 1997, the Company implemented a
corporate restructuring pursuant to which the Company's supermarket and Village
Pantry operations were organized as wholly-owned limited liability companies and
their intellectual property was transferred to a passive investment company.
This restructuring is estimated to produce annual pre-tax savings of
approximately $3.0 million commencing in the first quarter of fiscal 1998. The
Company expects to achieve additional cost savings in fiscal 1998 in the areas
of labor management, transportation and check writing and processing.
41
<PAGE> 45
THE INDIANAPOLIS MARKET
Indianapolis, located in central Indiana, is the 12th largest city in the
United States with a population of more than 800,000 and the 31st largest
metropolitan area in the United States with a population of more than 1.4
million, based on 1995 U.S. Census Bureau data. From 1990 through 1996, the
population of the metropolitan Indianapolis area increased by 8.8% according to
the U.S. Census Bureau.
Indianapolis has been and continues to be an economical place to live, with
living costs consistently near or below the national average, according to the
Indianapolis Chamber of Commerce (the "Chamber of Commerce"). According to the
Chamber of Commerce, median home prices in the Indianapolis housing market have
risen steadily in the last five years but remain low compared to other growing
metropolitan areas. Between 1990 and 1994 per capita income in Indiana increased
20.6% and in 1994 Indianapolis' per capita personal income ranked 50th among
metropolitan areas in the United States. Indianapolis' employment grew 5% from
1994 to 1996 with the addition of over 38,000 jobs. Based on Indiana state
government statistics, the estimated unemployment rate in the Indianapolis
metropolitan area as of March 1997 was 2.7% as compared to a national average of
5.5%.
42
<PAGE> 46
RETAIL STORE OPERATIONS
The table below sets forth certain financial and statistical information
with respect to the Company's retail store operations for the periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED(A)
--------------------------------------------------------------
MARCH 29, MARCH 30, APRIL 1, APRIL 2, MARCH 27,
1997 1996 1995 1994 1993
--------- --------- -------- -------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
SUPERMARKETS:
Sales and other revenues........ $1,001,165 $981,105 $935,614 $922,640 $862,322
Number of stores:
Beginning of period........... 90 88 87 84 80
Opened or acquired............ 1 3 1 6 4
Closed........................ 3 1 -- 3 --
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total at end of
period.............. 88 90 88 87 84
========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
Conversions to LoBill
format..................... 3 4 -- 1 1
Total square feet of store
area(b)....................... 3,321,000 3,349,000 3,173,000 3,093,000 2,811,000
Average square feet per
store(b)...................... 37,740 37,210 36,060 35,550 33,460
Average revenues per store(c)... $11,258 $11,030 $10,705 $10,870 $10,522
Average revenues per square foot
of store area(d).............. 302 301 301 316 320
VILLAGE PANTRY STORES:
Sales and other revenues:
Grocery and food service...... $123,201 $117,493 $115,243 $110,111 $104,160
Gasoline...................... 60,207 56,465 55,118 50,641 49,124
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total................. $183,408 $173,958 $170,361 $160,752 $153,284
========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
Number of stores:
Beginning of period........... 181 181 177 174 173
Opened or acquired............ 3 1 5 5 3
Closed........................ 2 1 1 2 2
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total at end of
period.............. 182 181 181 177 174
========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
Total square feet of store
area(b)....................... 514,000 510,000 507,000 487,000 469,000
Average square feet per
store(b)...................... 2,820 2,820 2,800 2,750 2,700
Average revenues per
store(c)(e)................... $679 $648 $646 $626 $603
Average revenues per square foot
of store area(d)(e)........... 241 230 233 229 225
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Fiscal year operating results include 52 weeks for each year except fiscal
1994, which includes 53 weeks.
(b) At end of period.
(c) Sales and other revenues for the period divided by the average number of
stores operated during the period.
(d) Sales and other revenues for the period divided by the average number of
square feet of store area operated during the period.
(e) Excludes gasoline sales.
SUPERMARKETS
The Company operates 73 full-service supermarkets under the "Marsh" name
and 16 low price, value-oriented supermarkets under the "LoBill" name. Of the
Company's 89 supermarkets, 75 are located in central Indiana and 14 are located
in western Ohio. The Company operates 36 stores in the Indianapolis market area,
43
<PAGE> 47
its primary market. The remaining supermarkets operate in 35 other communities.
Sales from supermarket operations accounted for 68.9% of consolidated sales and
other revenues in fiscal 1997.
Complementary and Flexible Supermarket Formats
Marsh supermarkets, which include both full-service conventional and food
and drug combination formats, are complemented by the value-oriented LoBill
format. The Company believes this dual format strategy allows the Company to
maximize its operating flexibility by tailoring stores to the demographics of
individual store locations and responding to changing demographics.
- Marsh. Marsh supermarkets feature an extensive line of traditional
grocery items as well as a broad array of service and specialty
departments such as delicatessens, bakeries, prepared foods, prime cut
meats, fresh seafood, floral and video rental. Sixty stores are open 24
hours a day and 13 are open until midnight, with the remainder having
various other schedules. Twenty-three of the Marsh supermarkets are food
and drug combination stores, each of which has an in-store pharmacy. All
stores are open seven days a week.
The Company has an ongoing development program of constructing larger
Marsh stores and remodeling, enlarging and replacing existing
supermarkets. The Company has expanded its large supermarket store format
with new generation superstores in excess of 75,000 square feet, and the
modern conventional supermarket format ranges from approximately 55,000 to
65,000 square feet. The Company currently operates five superstores and 10
other modern conventional supermarkets. The Company's superstores and
modern conventional supermarkets feature a European market concept with
more than one-third of each store dedicated to fresh, high quality
perishable products, emphasizing delicatessens, bakeries, prepared foods
and produce. In addition to the services typically provided in the
Company's supermarkets and modern conventional supermarkets, the five
Marsh superstores also include prepared foods, organic food selections (4
stores), party stores (3), on-premises shoe repair, dry cleaners (3) and
up to approximately 5,000 square feet devoted to the warehouse-type
merchandising of bulk club pack merchandise.
- LoBill. The Company's value-oriented LoBill format provides an
alternative to the large, full service Marsh supermarket. The LoBill
format emphasizes every day low prices and a value-oriented product mix,
including products sold under the Company's "Marsh" and "Yorktown" labels.
The Company has an ongoing development program to acquire additional
LoBill stores and to convert selected Marsh supermarkets to the LoBill
format. The LoBill format has enabled the Company to increase its market
share by (i) attracting price-conscious shoppers and (ii) expanding into
smaller communities that can be better served by the LoBill format.
Merchandising
The Company's merchandising goals are to (i) attract and retain new
customers, (ii) become the primary source for its customers' weekly grocery
needs and (iii) capture a greater portion of its customers supermarket spending.
In order to achieve these goals, the Company emphasizes superior customer
service, high quality merchandise and convenient one-stop shopping at
competitive prices.
- Superior Customer Service. The Company attempts to deliver superior
customer service and satisfaction by using targeted departmental staffing
in its full-service specialty departments and by offering customer service
"guarantees" such as opening a new checkout line if more than three
customers are in a single checkout line. Moreover, the Company continually
seeks to monitor and respond to customer tastes and preferences and build
customer loyalty through a variety of means, including the Fresh I.D.E.A.
program.
- High Quality Merchandise. The Company believes providing high quality
merchandise is an important factor in maintaining and expanding its
customer base. The Company's supermarkets feature nationally advertised
and distributed merchandise and private label products, including the
"Marsh" and "Yorktown" brands. In recent years, the Company has devoted a
greater proportion of new and
44
<PAGE> 48
remodeled stores to fresh, high quality perishables, such as produce,
delicatessen items, baked goods, prepared foods and seafood. The Company
believes fresh produce is an important customer draw; therefore, it
focuses on buying premium quality produce worldwide.
- Convenient One-Stop Shopping at Competitive Prices. The Company offers
convenient, high quality, ready-to-eat meals as take-home items in 46
stores under the "Chef Fresh" program prepared in the Company's central
kitchen. The geographic concentration of the Company's supermarkets
enables it to deliver fresh items to stores quickly and frequently.
Service and specialty departments included in the Company's 89
supermarkets include delicatessens (88 stores), hot prepared foods (60),
bakeries (88), prime cut service meat (58), fresh service seafood (59),
floral shops (58), imported cheese shops (50), wines and beer (83), salad
bars (37), video rental (72), cosmetic counters (16), dry cleaners (3) and
shoe repair (18). To combat increasing competition from other retail
formats, such as wholesale clubs, 54 of the Company's supermarkets also
include warehouse-type sections offering large size and multi-pack
products typically featured by wholesale clubs, priced competitively with
club prices. In addition, banks or savings institutions operate branch
facilities in 36 of the Company's stores, and 33 stores offer ATM
machines. Home delivery of orders placed by customers via telephone or fax
is offered in the Indianapolis metropolitan area.
Store Development
The Company believes its current locations include many prime store sites
in developed urban and suburban areas which would be difficult to replicate. In
addition, the Company believes its experience and knowledge of its market area
give the Company a competitive advantage in selecting additional sites.
The Company's supermarkets range in size from 15,000 to 81,500 square feet
and average approximately 37,800 square feet. The Company has an ongoing
development program of constructing larger Marsh supermarkets and remodeling,
enlarging and replacing existing supermarkets. Future development will continue
to focus on a food and drug combination store format of approximately 55,000 to
65,000 square feet, with superstores in excess of 75,000 square feet in select
locations. The Company believes a larger store format enables it to offer a
wider variety of products and expanded service and specialty departments,
thereby strengthening its competitive position. The following table summarizes
the number of stores by square footage:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER
SQUARE FEET OF STORES
- ----------- ---------
<S> <C>
More than 70,000............................................ 5
50,000 - 70,000............................................. 10
40,000 - 49,999............................................. 8
30,000 - 39,999............................................. 34
20,000 - 29,999............................................. 29
Less than 20,000............................................ 3
--
89
==
</TABLE>
Advertising and Promotion
The Company advertises through various media, including circulars,
newspapers, radio and television. Printed circulars are used extensively on a
weekly basis to advertise featured items. The focus of the Company's television
campaign is to promote an image of quality and service rather than specific
products and prices. The Indianapolis television market covers approximately 80%
of the Company's stores. Promotional activities include free grocery and other
programs designed to encourage repeat shoppers. The Fresh I.D.E.A. card
functions as a check cashing card and video rental card and automatically
provides electronic coupons. The card also provides management with information
on the frequency of use and merchandise selection of the user, enabling the
Company to implement specific marketing strategies aimed at its most valuable
and loyal customers. The Company estimates that over 70% of supermarket sales
are currently derived from holders of Fresh I.D.E.A. cards. Further, customers
may select a VISA co-branded credit card option for their Fresh I.D.E.A. card,
and earn rebates on all credit card purchases, regardless of the merchant, which
are funded by the VISA credit card issuer.
45
<PAGE> 49
VILLAGE PANTRY
The Company operates 182 convenience stores under the Village Pantry trade
name. These self-service stores offer a broad selection of grocery, bakery,
dairy and delicatessen items including freshly prepared food products. Carry-out
cold beer, a high-volume item typically found in convenience stores in other
states, may be sold only by package liquor stores and taverns in Indiana. All
but nine of the Company's convenience stores are open 24 hours a day; the
remaining stores close between 11:00 p.m. and midnight. All stores are open
seven days a week.
Village Pantry stores offer fresh pastry products and sandwiches prepared
daily in the stores. The Company has added higher margin food and beverage
products in its Village Pantry, such as store-prepared pizza (40 stores),
broasted chicken (44), self-service fountain drinks and sit-down eating areas
(62). The Company has entered into an agreement with Taco Bell in three stores,
two of which include drive-through service, to extend the fast food variety
available to customers. The Company has also entered into an agreement with
Shell Oil Company to offer Shell brand gasoline initially in the Kokomo, Indiana
market area. Under the agreement, the Company receives a fixed fee and a
commission for fuel sales above a base level and does not have capital invested
in the fuel inventory or dispensing equipment. The Company also features
drive-through car washes at two store locations.
The Company has an ongoing program of remodeling, upgrading and replacing
existing Village Pantry stores with particular emphasis on developing locations
that will yield a high volume of gasoline sales. New stores generally average
3,700 to 4,500 square feet, compared to 1,800 to 2,500 square feet for older
stores. The larger size accommodates additional product offerings as well as
larger sit-down eating areas. In constructing new stores and remodeling and
expanding existing stores, the Company tailors the format of each store to its
market. The Company emphasizes food service in markets which it believes are
less susceptible to intense competition from major fast food operators, such as
smaller towns and high density neighborhoods. Village Pantry accounted for
approximately 12.6% of consolidated sales and other revenues in fiscal 1997.
CONVENIENCE STORE DISTRIBUTING COMPANY
CSDC serves the Company's Village Pantry stores and approximately 1,400
unaffiliated stores in a 10 state area. CSDC distributes a wide range of
products typically sold in convenience stores, including cigarette and other
tobacco products, groceries, snacks items, housewares and health and beauty care
products. Also, CSDC supplies cigarette and tobacco products to the Company's
supermarkets. Customers have the opportunity to order most product lines in
single units. In addition to distributing products to its customers, CSDC is
able to assist its customers in the areas of inventory management, pricing and
ordering. CSDC owns a 210,000 square foot warehouse and distribution facility in
Richmond, Indiana, which the Company estimates is operating at 75% of capacity.
CSDC utilizes its own trucks and drivers for its transportation needs. The CSDC
sales and marketing staff of approximately 43 employees services existing
customers and actively solicits new customers. CSDC accounted for approximately
16.7% of consolidated sales and other revenues in fiscal 1997.
CRYSTAL FOOD SERVICES
Crystal Food Services offers a broad range of food services including
banquet hall catering, special events catering, concession services, vending and
cafeteria management. The Company began its food service operations in 1993 by
starting ALLtimate Catering and expanded such operations in 1995 with the
acquisitions of Crystal Catering and Martz. The Company believes the union of
these operations created a unique range of services, products and facilities
compared to those offered by competitors in its market area. The Company intends
to expand Crystal Food Services through the solicitation of new customers and
possible acquisition of businesses that will complement existing operations.
Crystal Food Services' banquet hall facilities include the Crystal Yacht
Club, the Marott, the Indiana Roof Ballroom, the Murat Shrine Centre and the
Victorian Manor Schnull-Rausch House. The Company provides special event
catering at the Indianapolis Motor Speedway, Conner Prairie Museum, Indianapolis
Museum of Art, the Eiteljorg Western Museum of Art, the Horizon Convention
Center and the RCA Tennis
46
<PAGE> 50
Championships. Crystal Food Services furnishes concession services at the
Indianapolis Zoo, Conner Prairie Museum and the Indiana State Fairgrounds Event
Center. Furthermore, Crystal Food Services provides cafeteria management to 10
major employers and vending services to approximately 100 clients throughout the
greater Indianapolis area. Crystal Food Services also provides meals at the
child development centers in Indianapolis for the Company and for Eli Lilly &
Company.
SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION
The Company purchases the majority of its products directly from national
and regional manufacturers, producers and growers utilizing centralized direct
purchasing and distribution functions. The Company believes direct purchasing
from major manufacturers, producers and growers reduces merchandise cost by (i)
minimizing purchases from wholesalers and distributors and (ii) taking advantage
of volume buying and forward purchase opportunities. Furthermore, the Company
believes its centralized distribution function (i) permits stores to offer
consistently fresh products, (ii) reduces in-store stockroom space and (iii)
increases square footage available for retail selling. In addition, distributors
of national and regional brands deliver some products, principally bakery, dairy
and beverage items, and snack foods directly to the Company's supermarkets and
convenience stores. The Company has no single supplier which is material, and
believes its relations with suppliers to be good.
The Company supplies its supermarkets from three Company-operated
distribution facilities. Dry grocery and frozen food products are distributed
from a 409,000 square foot leased facility in Indianapolis. Produce and meat
products are distributed from a 191,000 square foot perishable products
Company-owned facility in Yorktown, Indiana. Non-food products are distributed
from 180,000 square feet of a 388,000 square foot Company-owned warehouse in
Yorktown. In addition, the Company leases a 172,000 square foot warehouse in
Indianapolis for storage of forward purchases of merchandise and seasonal items.
Additional outside warehouse space is leased as needed to meet seasonal demand.
In the Company's modern distribution centers, merchandise is controlled
through an on-line computerized buying and inventory control system. In fiscal
1997, the perishable products facility was expanded by approximately 67,000
square feet to allow for future growth of all perishable commodities. The
Company believes its distribution centers are adequate for its needs for the
foreseeable future without major additional capital investment. The Company
estimates the balance of its supermarket distribution centers currently operate
at approximately 75% of capacity. Approximately 80% of the delivery trips from
distribution centers to the Company's supermarkets are 80 miles or less.
The Company also operates a commissary and central kitchen to produce
products sold through the delicatessen departments of its supermarkets and
convenience stores and to third parties through CSDC. The Company believes the
commissary and central kitchen (i) supplement its supermarket, convenience
store, distribution and catering businesses, (ii) provide the Company with a
competitive advantage over other supermarkets in the home meal replacement
market and (iii) offer its business additional synergies including prepared
foods knowledge and expertise, increased product flexibility and variety, as
well as certain efficiencies and economies of scale.
The Company's supermarket transportation function is performed by Ruan
Transportation Management Systems ("Ruan"), an unaffiliated transportation
management and equipment leasing company. This service is provided under a
contract originally entered into in 1987 which is automatically renewed for
successive one year terms unless canceled by Ruan or the Company at least 60
days prior to the anniversary date, subject to early cancellation in stages
under certain conditions. Under the arrangement, Ruan employs the drivers,
dispatchers and maintenance personnel who perform the Company's distribution
function. A subsidiary of the Company leases most of its tractor/trailer fleet
from Ruan under long-term, full service leases.
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
All of the Company's supermarkets are equipped with electronic scanning
checkout systems to minimize item pricing, provide more efficient and accurate
checkout line operation and provide product movement data for merchandising
decisions and other purposes. The checkout systems are integrated with the
Company's
47
<PAGE> 51
Fresh I.D.E.A. card program to provide customer specific data to facilitate
individualized marketing programs. Point-of-sale electronic funds transfer and
credit card systems are in place in each of the supermarkets. Through the use of
a bank debit card, a customer can authorize the immediate transfer of funds from
their account to the Company at the point of purchase.
The Company utilizes in-store micro-computers in the supermarkets to
automate various tasks, such as electronic messaging, processing the receiving
and billing of vendor direct-store-delivered ("DSD") merchandise, processing of
video rentals, processing pharmacy records in the 23 food and drug combination
stores and time keeping for payroll processing. All convenience stores are
equipped with micro-computers for electronic transmission of accounting and
merchandising data to headquarters, electronic messaging and processing DSD
merchandise receiving and billing.
The Company's business strategy includes modifications of the Company's
management information systems. The Company plans to replace the current
products management systems (which control the acquisition, warehousing and
transportation of product from the vendor through the warehouse to the store)
with new systems the Company believes will better facilitate supply chain
management. The Company believes these changes will result in lower operational
cost and enhanced margins through lower inventory levels, more precise pricing
on a store by store basis, lower warehouse and transportation expenses and
improved merchandising on a store by store basis. The Company plans to implement
a product data warehouse that it believes will enable category managers and
marketers to access and analyze more effectively the historical relationships
between stores, vendors, product and customers. Also, the Company plans to
install standardized point of sale systems in its supermarkets, including a wide
area network for data communications, expanded e-mail capabilities and "Marsh
TV" which will be one-way video, two-way audio to all Marsh supermarkets.
PROPERTIES
The following table summarizes the per unit and aggregate size of the
retail facilities operated by the Company, together with an indication of the
age of the total square footage operated, and includes stores converted or
remodeled in the respective period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PER
FOOTAGE STORE 0-5 6-10 OVER
OPERATED AVERAGE YEARS YEARS 10 YEARS
--------- ------- ----- ----- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Supermarkets.......................................... 3,364,000 37,800 37% 29% 34%
Convenience stores.................................... 514,000 2,800 17 34 49
---------
3,878,000
=========
</TABLE>
Owned and leased retail facilities are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONVENIENCE
SUPERMARKETS STORES
------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Owned....................................................... 34 129
Leased:
Fixed rentals only........................................ 26 28
Fixed plus contingent rentals............................. 29 25
-- ---
Total leased...................................... 55 53
-- ---
Total owned and leased............................ 89 182
== ===
Lease expirations:
Within five years......................................... 33 46
Five to ten years......................................... 16 6
Beyond ten years.......................................... 6 1
-- ---
55 53
== ===
</TABLE>
48
<PAGE> 52
Most of the Company's leased facilities have one to four renewal options
for periods of two to five years. The majority of leases provide for payment of
property taxes, maintenance and insurance by the Company. In addition, the
Company is obligated under leases for 13 closed stores, of which 10 were
subleased at June 21, 1997. One supermarket (considered owned for purposes of
the foregoing analysis) is leased under an equity lease arrangement pursuant to
which ownership is transferred to the Company at the expiration of the lease.
The non-perishable grocery products warehouse in Indianapolis is leased
with an initial lease term expiring in 2000 and options available through 2014.
The facility, constructed in 1969, is located on a 44 acre site and has a total
of 409,000 square feet, of which 382,000 are utilized for grocery warehousing
operations. The remainder consists of a floral design center and office space.
A 191,000 square foot refrigerated perishable products handling facility in
Yorktown, Indiana, serves as the distribution center for meat, produce and
delicatessen items. The facility was completed in 1981 and financed by an
economic development bond lease. Ownership was transferred to the Company in
1996. The facility was expanded and updated in fiscal 1997.
The Company owns an additional 388,000 square foot facility in Yorktown.
Approximately 180,000 square feet of this facility is used as a distribution
center for non-food products, approximately 21,000 square feet is used by the
retail maintenance department and an additional 55,000 square feet of warehouse
space is leased to third parties. The portion of this facility formerly utilized
for corporate offices currently is vacant.
The Company leases a 172,000 square foot warehouse in Indianapolis for
storage of forward purchases of merchandise and seasonal items as well as
housing the Company's product reclamation center.
The 160,000 square foot corporate headquarters in Indianapolis is owned by
the Company. This facility was completed and occupied in May 1991.
CSDC owns a 210,000 square foot warehouse and distribution facility in
Richmond, Indiana.
COMPETITION
The retail food industry is highly competitive. The Company believes
competitive factors include location, ease of ingress and egress to stores,
price, product variety, store cleanliness, quality perishable products, service
and minimal out-of-stock conditions. The Company endeavors to concentrate its
efforts on all of these factors with special emphasis on maintaining high
quality store conditions, high quality perishable products, expanded service and
specialty departments and competitive pricing. See "Risk Factors -- Significant
Competition."
The Company's supermarkets are subject to competition from local, regional
and national supermarket chains, independent supermarkets and other retail
formats, including restaurants, discount stores and wholesale clubs. The number
of competitors and degree of competition experienced by the Company's
supermarkets vary by location, with the Indianapolis metropolitan market
generally being subject to more price competition than smaller markets. A
significant number of stores have been opened in the Company's market in recent
years which has further increased the degree of competition. The principal
supermarket chain competitors are The Kroger Co., Super Valu Food Stores, Inc.,
operating in the Indianapolis market through its "Cub Foods" stores, and Meijer,
Inc.
Major competitors for the Company's Village Pantry stores are petroleum
marketing companies which have converted or expanded gasoline locations to
include convenience food operations. National convenience store chains do not
have a significant presence in the Company's marketing area. The Company
believes the principal competitive factors for convenience stores is location,
and it actively pursues the acquisition of attractive sites for replacing
existing stores and future development of new stores. Also, in fiscal 1998,
additional Village Pantry stores will offer Shell brand gasoline with Shell Oil
Company providing the capital for upgrading existing fuel operations at these
stores.
The Company believes the primary competitive factors in CSDC's wholesale
distribution business are pricing, timeliness and accuracy of deliveries. CSDC's
major competitors are McLane Company, Inc. and several regional wholesale
distributors.
49
<PAGE> 53
EMPLOYEES
At June 21, 1997 the Company had approximately 12,800 employees,
approximately 7,440 of which were employed on a part-time basis. All employees
are non-union, except approximately 200 supermarket distribution facility
employees who are unionized under two three-year collective bargaining
agreements which extend to May 2001. The Company considers its employee
relations to be good.
REGULATORY MATTERS
As a retailer of alcoholic beverages, gasoline and tobacco products, the
Company is subject to federal and state statutes, ordinances and regulations
concerning the storage and sale of these products. The Company is aware of the
existence of petroleum contamination at 21 Village Pantry locations and has
commenced remediation at each of these sites. The cost of remediation varies
significantly depending on the extent, source and location of the contamination,
geological and hydrological conditions and other factors but is not anticipated
to be material to the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
See "Risk Factors -- Risk of Environmental Liability," "Risk Factors -- Risks
Associated with Sale of Cigarettes and Other Tobacco Products" and Note A of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to litigation and proceedings
in the ordinary course of their business. The Company does not believe that the
outcome of such litigation will have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial position or results of operations.
The Company has also received a writ of summons in ten civil actions filed
in the Court of Common Pleas for Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania styled Joseph
Aezen v. RJR Nabisco, Inc., Robert R. Applebaum v. Philip Morris Companies,
Inc., Carla Boyce v. Lorillard, Inc., Najiyya El-Haddi v. Reynolds Tobacco
Company, Florence Ferguson v. RJ Reynolds Tobacco Company, Victoria Lynn Katz v.
Philip Morris Companies, Inc., Rosiland K. Orr v. The American Tobacco Company,
Inc., Robert J. Ruiz v. Philip Morris Companies, Inc., Ellen and Donald John
Daly, Sr. v. The American Tobacco Co., Inc., Janet and Joseph Anes v. The
American Tobacco Co., Inc., and Kym Patrice and Neal Irwin Glaser v. Lorillard
Tobacco Company; and one civil action filed in the Court of Common Pleas for
Dauphin County, Pennsylvania styled Doyle K. and Deborah L. Smith v. Philip
Morris Companies, Inc. No complaint has been filed in any of the foregoing
actions and, accordingly, the Company is not aware of the allegations that may
ultimately be stated against the Company when such complaints are filed, if
ever. Each of the plaintiffs in the foregoing actions are represented by the
same legal counsel and on information and belief the Company believes such
complaints will each allege damages against the Company under a theory alleging
strict liability in tort for selling or distributing dangerously defective
tobacco products and for breach of implied warranty of merchantability and
fitness for a particular purpose in the sale or distribution of tobacco
products. Based on the advice of its legal counsel, the Company believes it
would have a right of indemnification and contribution against the manufacturer
of the products distributed or sold in the event any plaintiff is successful on
the merits of a case. Accordingly, the Company does not believe that the outcome
of such litigation will have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial position or results of operations.
The Company is also a party to a purported class action filed in Madison
County Superior Court for the State of Indiana styled William J. Norton and Amy
J. Thompson v. RJR Nabisco Holdings Corporation. The complaint alleges that the
named plaintiffs purchased tobacco products at a Marsh Supermarket located in
Anderson, Indiana and alleges unspecified damages against the Company under a
theory alleging strict liability in tort for selling a dangerously defective
product and for breach of implied warranty of merchantability and fitness for a
particular purpose in connection with the sale of tobacco products. Based on the
advice of its legal counsel, the Company believes it has a right of
indemnification and contribution from the manufacturers of such products in the
event the plaintiffs are successful on the merits of the case. Accordingly, the
Company does not believe that the outcome of such litigation will have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial position or results
of operations.
50
<PAGE> 54
MANAGEMENT
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The directors and executive officers of the Company are:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WITH
NAME AGE POSITION COMPANY SINCE
- ---- --- ---------------------------------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Don E. Marsh(a)(b).................. 59 Chairman of the Board of Directors, 1959
President and Chief Executive Officer
Frank J. Bryja...................... 55 President and Chief Operating Officer, 1965
Supermarket Division
P. Lawrence Butt.................... 55 Senior Vice President, Counsel and 1977
Secretary
Douglas W. Dougherty................ 54 Senior Vice President, Chief Financial 1994
Officer and Treasurer
C. Alan Marsh(a).................... 55 Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, 1965
Senior Vice President -- Corporate
Development
William L. Marsh.................... 53 Senior Vice President, Property 1974
Management and Director
Ronald R. Walicki................... 59 President and Chief Operating Officer, 1965
Village Pantry Division
Theodore R. Varner.................. 61 President and Chief Operating Officer, 1977
Convenience Store Distributing Company
Division
Jack J. Bayt........................ 40 President and Chief Operating Officer, 1995
Crystal Food Services Division
Mark A. Varner...................... 47 Corporate Controller 1971
J. Michael Blakley(c)............... 56 Director 1996
Charles R. Clark(a)................. 63 Director 1978
Stephen M. Huse(a)(b)(c)............ 54 Director 1985
Garnet R. Marsh..................... 86 Director 1977
James K. Risk, III(c)............... 55 Director 1986
K. Clay Smith(a)(b)................. 59 Director 1989
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Member of Audit Committee
(b) Member of Executive Committee
(c) Member of Salary Committee
Don E. Marsh has held his current position as President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company for more than the past five years. In May 1991 he was
elected Chairman of the Board of Directors, on which he has served as a member
since 1959. He has been employed by the Company in various supervisory and
executive capacities since 1961. Mr. Marsh is a director of Indiana Energy
Incorporated, a gas utility company, National City Bank, Indiana, and Nash Finch
Company, a Minneapolis, Minnesota based supermarket chain.
Frank J. Bryja has been President and Chief Operating Officer, Supermarket
Division since August 1996. Prior to that time he served as Vice
President -- Merchandising for more than five years.
P. Lawrence Butt has held his current position as Senior Vice President,
Counsel and Secretary since August 1997. For more than the past five years prior
thereto, Mr. Butt served as Vice President, Counsel and Secretary. He has been
employed by the Company in various executive capacities since 1977.
Douglas W. Dougherty has held his current position as Senior Vice
President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since August 1997. Prior to
that time, Mr. Dougherty served as Vice President, Chief Financial
51
<PAGE> 55
Officer and Treasurer since March 1994 and in senior financial executive
positions with Hartmarx, Inc., from 1990 to 1994.
C. Alan Marsh has held his current position as Vice Chairman of the Board
and Senior Vice President -- Corporate Development since February 1992. For more
than five years prior thereto, Mr. Marsh served as President and Chief Operating
Officer of Marsh Village Pantries, Inc. He has been a director since 1968 and
has been employed by the Company in various supervisory and executive capacities
since 1965.
William L. Marsh has held his current position as Senior Vice President,
Property Management of the Company since August 1997. For more than the past
five years prior thereto Mr. Marsh served as Vice President -- General Manager,
Property Management. In May 1991, he was elected a director of the Company. He
has been employed by the Company in various supervisory and executive capacities
since 1974.
Ronald R. Walicki has held his current position as President and Chief
Operating Officer, Village Pantry Division since August 1996. From February 1994
until such time, Mr. Walicki served as President and Chief Operating Officer,
Supermarket Division. From February 1992 to February 1994, Mr. Walicki served as
President and Chief Operating Officer of Marsh Village Pantries, Inc. Mr.
Walicki has been employed by the Company in various supervisory and management
positions since 1965.
Theodore R. Varner has been President and Chief Operating Officer of the
Convenience Store Distributing Company division since August 1, 1993. Prior to
such time, Mr. Varner served as the General Manager of CSDC. Mr. Varner has been
employed with the Company in various supervisory and executive capacities since
1977.
Jack J. Bayt has been President and Chief Operating Officer -- Crystal Food
Services Division since January 1995. For more than five years prior to its
acquisition in January 1995 by the Company, Mr. Bayt served as President and
Chief Executive Officer of Crystal Catering of Indiana, Inc.
Mark A. Varner has held his current position as Corporate Controller since
1990.
J. Michael Blakley is the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
of The Blakley Corporation and has been a director of the Company since 1996.
Charles R. Clark is a partner with the law firm of Beasley Gilkison
Retherford Buckles & Clark in Muncie, Indiana, and has been a director of the
Company since 1978.
Stephen M. Huse is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Huse Food
Group, Incorporated, a retail restaurant management company in Bloomington,
Indiana. Mr. Huse is a director of KeyBank, Indianapolis, Indiana and Signature
Inn, Inc., and has been a director of the Company since 1985.
Garnet R. Marsh is the widow of Ermal W. Marsh, founder of the Company, and
has been a director of the Company since 1977.
James K. Risk, III is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Kirby
Risk Corporation, a wholesale electrical equipment distributor in Lafayette,
Indiana. Mr. Risk is a director of Bindley-Western Industries, Inc., a wholesale
pharmaceutical distributor, and Lafayette Life Insurance Company and has been a
director of the Company since 1986.
K. Clay Smith is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Underwood
Machinery Transport Company, Inc. in Indianapolis, Indiana. Mr. Smith is a
director of Bindley-Western Industries, Inc. and has been a director of the
Company since 1989.
Don E. Marsh, C. Alan Marsh and William L. Marsh are brothers, and are the
sons of Garnet R. Marsh. Theodore R. Varner is the uncle of Mark A. Varner.
52
<PAGE> 56
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth the annual and long-term compensation paid
or distributed by the Company for services in all capacities for fiscal years
ended April 1, 1995, March 30, 1996, and March 29, 1997 to the Chief Executive
Officer and each of the other four most highly compensated executive officers of
the Company whose compensation exceeded $100,000 (the "Named Executive
Officers").
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG-TERM
ANNUAL COMPENSATION COMPENSATION AWARDS
-------------------------------------------- --------------------
SECURITIES ALL OTHER
FISCAL OTHER ANNUAL UNDERLYING COMPENSATION
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR SALARY($) BONUS($)(A) COMPENSATION($)(B) OPTIONS SARS(#) (C)(D)($)
- --------------------------- ------ --------- ----------- ------------------ ---------- ------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Don E. Marsh............... 1997 $550,000 $110,000 $10,425 Class B -- $29,858
Director; Chairman of 1996 550,000 20,000 10,425 Class A 75,000 26,214
the Board, President 1995 525,000 75,000 8,529 Class B 24,000 23,992
and Chief Executive
Officer
C. Alan Marsh.............. 1997 288,846 -- 5,309 Class B -- 15,797
Director; Vice 1996 275,000 25,000 5,309 Class A 15,000 15,348
Chairman of the Board 1995 253,846 25,000 5,042 Class B 12,000 16,242
and Senior Vice
President -- Corporate
Development
Ronald R. Walicki.......... 1997 257,692 50,000 6,678 Class B -- 19,430
President and Chief 1996 250,000 50,000 6,678 Class A 20,000 19,398
Operating Officer, 1995 250,000 22,115 6,343 Class B 11,500 19,427
Village Pantry Division
David M. Redden............ 1997 250,000 35,000 2,767 Class B -- 9,267
Senior Vice 1996 250,000 50,000 2,767 Class A 20,000 8,942
President -- 1995 250,000 -- 2,628 Class B 10,500 9,086
Human Resources
William L. Marsh........... 1997 243,846 -- 2,794 Class B -- 7,601
Director, 1996 230,000 -- 2,794 Class A 15,000 7,601
Senior Vice President, 1995 210,000 -- 2,283 Class B 7,500 44,434
Property Management
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Cash bonuses authorized by the Salary Committee.
(b) Represents reimbursement for income taxes on premiums paid under Executive
Life Insurance Plan.
(c) Perquisites or other personal benefits, securities or property received did
not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of salary and bonus, except for W.
L. Marsh, who received in fiscal year 1995 property valued at $32,012 upon
expiration of a vehicle lease.
(d) Includes for fiscal year 1997: (i) Executive Life Insurance Plan premiums of
$16,034, $8,166, $10,272, $4,256 and $4,298, respectively; (ii) Supplemental
Long-Term Disability Plan premiums of $10,180, $5,503, $6,816, $2,376 and
$3,303, respectively; and (iii) contributions to the Company's 401(k) plan
in the amount of $3,644, $2,128, $2,342 and $2,635 for D. E. Marsh, C. A.
Marsh, R. R. Walicki and D. M. Redden, respectively.
53
<PAGE> 57
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Mr. C. Alan Marsh owns a 17.5% interest in McWheel Properties, LLC, a
limited liability company to which the Company paid $779,588 in fiscal 1997 and
$418,537 in fiscal 1996 in connection with the lease of a supermarket facility
in Muncie, Indiana, upon terms the Company believes were no less favorable than
the Company could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. In fiscal 1995,
Mr. Marsh owned 50.0% of the equity securities of Jorjess, Inc., a bakery that
supplied the Company with $152,736 of products in the ordinary course of
business and upon terms the Company believes were no less favorable than the
Company could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
Mr. J. Michael Blakley is a director of the Company and member of the
Salary Committee and Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of The
Blakley Corporation, a full service flooring company, which, as a subcontractor
of the general contractor which constructed a supermarket facility, indirectly
supplied $241,838 in fiscal 1997 and $328,227 in fiscal 1996 of flooring
material to the Company in the ordinary course of business and upon terms the
Company believes were no less favorable than it could have obtained for
unaffiliated third parties. The Blakley Corporation also supplied directly to
the Company $2,424 in fiscal 1997 and $12,135 in fiscal 1996 of flooring
materials in the ordinary course of business and upon terms which the Company
believes were no less favorable than the Company could have obtained from
unaffiliated third parties.
Mr. Charles R. Clark is a director of the Company and partner in the law
firm Beasley Gilkison Retherford Buckles & Clark, which the Company has retained
and intends to continue to retain.
Mr. James K. Risk, III is a director of the Company and a member of the
Salary Committee, and President and Chief Executive Officer of Kirby Risk
Corporation, a wholesale electrical equipment distributor from which the Company
purchased $265,970 in fiscal 1997, $287,541 in fiscal 1996 and $331,328 in
fiscal 1995 of electrical supplies in the ordinary course of business and upon
terms the Company believes were no less favorable than it could have obtained
from unaffiliated third parties.
Mr. Stephen M. Huse is a director of the Company and a director of KeyBank.
In May 1997 the Company entered into the KeyBank Revolving Credit Agreement, a
$20.0 million facility. A portion of the proceeds of the Offering will be used
to repay the outstanding balance under such agreement unless it is terminated
and repaid prior to the closing of the Offering. In fiscal 1995 Mr. Huse
purchased 0.76 acres of real estate from a subsidiary of the Company, Mundy
Realty, Inc., at the appraised value of $455,864.
Mr. Don E. Marsh is the Company's Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer, and is also a director of National City Bank. National
City Bank is the issuer of the Company's VISA co-branded credit card.
In fiscal 1995, the Company purchased Crystal Catering from Mr. Jack J.
Bayt. Mr. Bayt subsequently became an executive officer of the Company in charge
of the Company's catering division.
The Salary Committee authorized the Company to make loans to Mr. Don E.
Marsh and to certain other optionees under the 1980 Marsh Stock Plan to fund the
exercise of options granted thereunder which would have expired May 31, 1993.
The loans bear interest at the rate of 6.0% per annum and are due May 28, 1998.
The aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding and owed by Mr. Marsh to the
Company at October 28, 1997 was $282,874. The largest aggregate amount of
indebtedness outstanding and owed by Mr. Marsh to the Company was $275,046
during fiscal 1997, $261,669 during fiscal 1996 and $248,292 during fiscal 1995.
The Company believes the interest rate on such indebtedness is more favorable to
Mr. Marsh than could be obtained from an unaffiliated third party in an arms'
length transaction. The Company believes the remaining terms of such
indebtedness are no less favorable to the Company than could be obtained in an
arms' length transaction.
54
<PAGE> 58
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
Listed in the following table are the number of shares owned as of June 2,
1997 by each director, the Named Executive Officers, all directors and officers
of the Company as a group and beneficial owners of more than 5% of the Class A
Common Stock or the Class B Common Stock (based solely on a review by the
Company of filings made with the Commission).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER AND NATURE OF PERCENT OF CLASS
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OUTSTANDING(A)
-------------------- -----------------
NAME CLASS A CLASS B CLASS A CLASS B
- ---- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
J. Michael Blakley.................................. 200 1,000 * *
Jack E. Buckles..................................... 2,125 4,625(b) * *
Charles R. Clark.................................... 375 2,500(c) * *
Stephen M. Huse..................................... 589 2,374(c) * *
C. Alan Marsh....................................... 228,563(d) 191,679(d) 5.9% 4.2%
Don E. Marsh........................................ 369,074(e) 386,277(e) 9.6% 8.5%
Garnet R. Marsh..................................... 269,262(f) 303,498(f) 7.0% 6.7%
William L. Marsh.................................... 346,467(g) 282,238(g) 9.0% 6.2%
James K. Risk, III.................................. 225 2,225(c) * *
K. Clay Smith....................................... 500 4,000(b) * *
Ronald R. Walicki................................... 32,396(h) 49,868(h) * 1.1%
David M. Redden..................................... 22,146(i) 35,365(i) * *
All directors and executive officers as a group (17
persons).......................................... 823,416(j) 845,113(j) 21.4% 18.6%
Great American Insurance Company,
c/o American Financial Corporation
One East Fourth Street
Cincinnati, Ohio.................................... 729,844(k) -- 18.9% --
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Percentages less than 1% of the outstanding shares of either class of Common
Stock are indicated by *.
(b) Includes options to acquire 3,000 shares of Class B Common Stock which are
currently exercisable. Mr. Buckles resigned from the Board of Directors
effective August 5, 1997.
(c) Includes options to acquire 1,500 shares of Class B Common Stock which are
currently exercisable.
(d) Includes 1,576 shares of Class A Common Stock and 796 shares of Class B
Common Stock with respect to which C. Alan Marsh is trustee, and 113,343
shares owned by one of the trusts described in Note (f) below with respect
to which C. Alan Marsh is a co-trustee. Also includes options to acquire
24,275 shares of Class A Common Stock and 45,425 shares of Class B Common
Stock which are currently exercisable.
(e) Includes 5,466 shares of Class A common Stock and 4,108 shares of Class B
Common Stock owned by members of immediate family, 9,878 shares of Class A
Common Stock and 5,120 shares of Class B Common Stock with respect to which
Don E. Marsh is trustee, and 113,343 shares owned by one of the trusts
described in Note (f) below with respect to which Don E. Marsh is a co-
trustee. Also includes options to acquire 54,000 shares of Class A Common
Stock and 82,250 shares of Class B Common Stock which are currently
exercisable.
(f) Includes 253,743 shares owned by two trusts of which Garnet R. Marsh is
either the life tenant or income beneficiary. Don E. Marsh, C. Alan Marsh
and William L. Marsh each has a one-third remainder interest in each of the
foregoing trusts, subject to the life estate of Garnet R. Marsh, and share
voting and investment powers with respect to 113,343 shares in one of such
trusts with Garnet R. Marsh as co-trustees. William L. Marsh is a co-trustee
of the other trust. Also includes options to acquire 3,000 shares of Class B
Common Stock which are currently exercisable.
(g) Includes 1,979 shares of Class A Common Stock and 1,116 shares of Class B
Common Stock owned by members of immediate family and 253,743 shares owned
by the trusts described in Note (f) above with respect to which William L.
Marsh is a co-trustee. Also includes options to acquire 15,475 shares of
Class A Common Stock and 26,950 shares of Class B Common Stock which are
currently exercisable.
(h) Includes options to acquire 22,350 shares of Class A Common Stock and 39,875
shares of Class B Common Stock which are currently exercisable.
(i) Includes options to acquire 13,325 shares of Class A Common Stock and 27,800
shares of Class B Common Stock which are currently exercisable.
(j) Includes options to acquire 156,450 shares of Class A Common Stock and
266,425 shares of Class B Common Stock which are currently exercisable.
(k) As reflected in Schedule 13D, dated March 18, 1983, as amended by Amendment
No. 1 thereto, dated March 23, 1983, Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated July 30,
1986, Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated November 1, 1991, Amendment No. 4
thereto, dated January 14, 1992, and Amendment No. 5 thereto, dated April
12, 1995, and in a Form 4, dated November 8, 1996, filed by American
Financial Corporation and Carl H. Lindner.
55
<PAGE> 59
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
The following summary of the instruments governing certain indebtedness of
the Company after giving effect to the offering of the 144A Notes does not
purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
agreements governing such indebtedness, certain of which have been filed by the
Company with the Commission. Capitalized terms used herein are defined as in
their respective agreement, unless the context requires otherwise.
THE REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENTS
Harris Revolving Credit Agreement. The Company has entered into an
agreement, dated July 25, 1997, with Harris Trust and Savings Bank for a
three-year, $30.0 million revolving line of credit. The line of credit is
guaranteed by Crystal Food Services, LLC, Village Pantry, LLC, LoBill Foods,
LLC, Marsh Supermarkets, LLC, CSDC and Trademark Holdings, Inc. Interest is
calculated at either a base rate (the greater of the Prime commercial rate or
the Fed Funds rate plus 0.5%) or a LIBOR Rate and may be adjusted depending on
the Company's Funded Debt Ratio. Up to $10 million of the borrowings may be in
the form of letters of credit. The Company must pay a Commitment Fee on the
unused portion of the facility ranging from 0.15% to 0.25%. As of September 13,
1997, there were no borrowings outstanding under the line of credit and $1.2
million outstanding under letters of credit, respectively.
The Harris Revolving Credit Agreement contains numerous restrictive
covenants, subject to certain exceptions, including covenants with respect to
the following matters: (i) the Company must maintain Net Working Capital of at
least $8.0 million; (ii) the Company's ratio of EBITDAR to Fixed Charges on the
last day of each quarter may not be less than 1.15 to 1; (iii) the Company's
Tangible Net Worth must be at least $95.0 million plus 50% of its Net Income;
(iv) the Company may not allow its Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio to exceed 6.0 to
1; (v) the Company and each Guarantor may not consolidate or merge into another
Person; (vi) the Company and each Guarantor may not enter transactions with
Affiliates except in the ordinary course of business upon fair and reasonable
terms; (vii) the Company and each Guarantor may not permit to exist any liens on
any of their property other than certain specified permitted liens; (viii) the
Company and each Guarantor may not make any investments or loans or advances, or
acquire as an entirety the Property or business of any other Person, other than
investments in certain CD's, investments in wholly-owned Subsidiaries, travel
advances to officers and employees, U.S. obligations, existing investments, up
to $5.0 million in loans and advances to employees, and acquisitions in a line
of business related to the Company's business; (ix) the Company and each
Guarantor may not sell or transfer any material part of its Property (10% or
more of the lesser of the book or fair value of the Property of the Company or
Guarantor); (x) the Company may not pay dividends or purchase any of its capital
stock, unless the amount does not exceed $10.0 million plus 50% of Consolidated
Net Earnings after March 29, 1997; and (xi) the Company and each Guarantor may
not enter into sale and leaseback transactions involving Property with Fair
Market Value over 15% of the consolidated assets of the Company.
The Harris Revolving Credit Agreement includes standard events of default,
including events related to payment defaults, covenant defaults, cross defaults
on $5.0 million of other indebtedness, false representations and warranties,
judgments in excess of $5.0 million, certain bankruptcy events and Changes of
Control.
KeyBank Revolving Credit Agreement. In May 1997, Marsh Supermarkets, Inc.
and Marsh Supermarkets, LLC entered into a $20.0 million credit agreement with
KeyBank National Association. The agreement was amended on July 25, 1997.
Interest under the KeyBank Revolving Credit Agreement accrues at either a Prime
Rate, or an Eurodollar Rate plus 0.5%. The Company pays a commitment fee of
0.25% on unused amounts. Tranche A loans under the KeyBank Revolving Credit
Agreement mature on May 22, 1998, unless extended by the bank, and Tranche B
loans mature on May 22, 2000, unless extended by the bank. Prime Rate loans may
be prepaid at any time. This indebtedness was incurred for working capital
purposes. As of September 13, 1997, no borrowings were outstanding under the
KeyBank Revolving Credit Agreement.
The KeyBank Revolving Credit Agreement, as amended, contains numerous
restrictive covenants, subject to certain exceptions, including covenants with
respect to the following matters: (i) the Borrowers' consolidated working
capital may not be less than $8.0 million; (ii) the Borrowers must maintain a
56
<PAGE> 60
Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of at least (a) $95 million plus (b) 50% of the
Consolidated Net Income of Borrowers after March 29, 1997; (iii) the Borrowers
must maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.15 to 1.0 (calculated
as of October 11, 1997 and each fiscal quarter thereafter); (iv) the Borrowers'
total Funded Debt to EBITDAR must not be greater than 6.0 to 1.0 (commencing
October 11, 1997); (v) the Company may not make Restricted Payments or
Restricted Investments, if (a) an Event of Default has occurred or would occur,
(b) the Borrowers may not incur $1 of additional Funded Debt or (c) the
aggregate amount of Restricted Payments would exceed the sum of $3.0 million,
plus 75% of Consolidated Net Earnings, plus the net proceeds from the issue or
sale of shares or convertible debt; (vi) the Borrowers and their Affiliates may
not make Restricted Investments; (vii) the Borrowers and Restricted Affiliates
may not incur Funded Debt, except (a) Funded Debt of Borrowers, if the
Consolidated Funded Debt does not exceed 60% of the Borrowers' Consolidated Net
Tangible Assets, or (b) Funded Debt of Restricted Affiliates, if the Funded Debt
of Restricted Affiliates plus the Secured Funded Debt of the Company does not
exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; (viii) the Company and its
Restricted Affiliates may not suffer to exist any liens, with certain
exceptions; (ix) the Borrowers may not enter mergers or consolidations unless
the Company is the surviving entity and no Event of Default occurred or will
occur as a result thereof; (x) the Borrowers and Affiliates may not engage in
acquisitions if an Event of Default would be caused under the KeyBank Revolving
Credit Agreement; (xi) the Borrowers and Affiliates may not sell or dispose of
assets other than in the ordinary course of business if such assets constitute
more than 10% of the assets of the Borrowers and their Affiliates; (xii) the
Borrowers and Affiliates may not enter operating leases if (a) the term is for
more than three years and (b) the leases require payment of rentals in excess of
$3.5 million plus 2% of the Company's net sales; and (xiii) the Borrowers may
not enter contracts for the purchase of goods if the contracts require payment
regardless of the delivery of services.
The KeyBank Revolving Credit Agreement also includes certain events of
default, including events of default with respect to principal or interest
payment defaults; cross default on $1.0 million or more of debt; covenant
defaults for 30 days or more; false or misleading representations; failure to
make certain ERISA payments of more than $10.0 million; certain bankruptcy
events involving the Borrowers or Affiliates; or $1.0 million judgments against
either of the Borrowers or an Affiliate.
SECURED NOTES
In June 1989, the Company sold $8.1 million of 10.05% Secured Notes, Series
A and, in December 1989, the Company sold $14.6 million of 10.05% Secured Notes,
Series B (collectively, the "10.05% notes"). The 10.05% notes are payable in
monthly installments (principal and interest) of $220,000 through 2009. The
10.05% notes are secured by mortgages on certain real estate owned by the
Company. The Company can prepay the 10.05% notes beginning in December 1997 with
payment of a Make-Whole Premium. The 10.05% notes contain certain events of
default. Upon a change in control the Company must offer to repurchase these
notes and pay a Make-Whole Premium. This indebtedness was incurred for working
capital purposes. As of September 13, 1997, the outstanding balance of the
10.05% notes was $18.5 million.
In August 1990, the Company sold $11.5 million of 9.05% Secured Notes,
Series A and, in March 1991, $11.5 million of 9.05% Secured Notes, Series B (the
"9.05% notes") secured by mortgages on certain real estate owned by the Company.
The 9.05% notes are payable in quarterly installments (principal and interest)
of $625,000 through 2011. The Company can prepay the 9.05% notes beginning in
March 1999 with payment of a Make-Whole Premium. In addition, between August
2000 and August 2001 either the Company or the lenders may initiate an interest
rate negotiation or require immediate repayment of these notes at par without a
premium. Any interest rate adjustment must be acceptable to each holder of the
9.05% notes. If the parties adjust the interest rates, they may not exercise
their right to require immediate repayment of these notes. The 9.05% notes
contain standard events of default. Upon a change in control the Company must
offer to repurchase these notes and pay a Make-Whole Premium. This indebtedness
was incurred for working capital purposes. As of September 13, 1997, the
outstanding balance of the 9.05% notes was $19.4 million.
In April 1979, the Company entered into a Lease Agreement with the City of
Greenwood, Indiana in connection with the issuance by Greenwood of $2.5 million
of mortgage notes (the "Mortgage notes"). Rent payments under this lease equal
principal and interest payments payable by Greenwood under the Mortgage
57
<PAGE> 61
notes. Principal amortization commenced at $65,000 in 1981 (at an interest rate
of 6.0%) and increased annually to $165,000 (at an interest rate of 7%) in 1996,
$175,000 (at an interest rate of 7%) in 1997, $190,000 (at an interest rate of
7.125%) in 1998, $200,000 (at an interest rate of 7.125%) in 1999 and $215,000
(at an interest rate of 7.125%) in 2000. The lease terminates on April 1, 2000.
Principal is payable every April 1 and interest is payable every April 1 and
October 1. The Company may purchase the property covered by the lease within 180
days after termination of the lease at a price equal to an amount necessary to
retire the bonds in full. The Mortgage notes are redeemable on any interest
payment date with payment of a premium. This indebtedness was incurred for
working capital purposes. As of September 13, 1997, the outstanding balance on
the Mortgage notes was $0.9 million.
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT BOND
In December 1986, the Company borrowed $2.9 million from the City of
Franklin, Indiana, who raised the funds by issuing an economic development bond
(the "Economic development bond"). The loan is secured by certain real estate
owned by the Company in Franklin, Indiana. The Economic development bond bears
interest at a rate of 8.25%, and is due in monthly installments of $25,000
(principal and interest) through January 1, 2007. The Company can prepay the
loan beginning at February 1, 1997 at 105% of the principal amount outstanding
(declining to 101% by February 1, 2005). As of September 13, 1997, the
outstanding balance on the Economic development bond was $1.9 million.
CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
In February 1993, the Company sold $20.0 million of 7% convertible
subordinated debentures due 2003 pursuant to a public offering registered with
the Commission. The 7% convertible subordinated debentures due 2003 mature on
February 15, 2003 and are convertible at the option of the holder into shares of
the Company's Class B Common Stock at a conversion price of $15.50 per share
subject to adjustment in certain events. The Company may, with at least 30 days
notice, redeem the debentures, in whole or in part, at redemption prices
commencing at 103.5% of the principal amount in 1996 and declining to par on
February 15, 2003, together with accrued interest. The 7% convertible
subordinated debentures due 2003 tendered by the personal representative or
surviving co-owner of a deceased holder of debentures will be redeemed by the
Company within 60 days at a price equal to the principal amount thereof together
with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of purchase, up to an
annual maximum of $100,000 per debenture holder, subject to a maximum of $1.0
million principal amount during each calendar year until maturity. After 35
business days following the occurrence of a change in control of the Company,
the holders of the 7% convertible subordinated debentures due 2003 can require
the Company to purchase the debentures at the principal amount thereof together
with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of purchase. The debentures
are subordinate to all present and future senior indebtedness of the Company.
The debentures include standard events of default. As of September 13, 1997, the
outstanding balance of the 7% convertible subordinated debentures due 2003 was
$19.9 million.
NOTES PAYABLE TO BANKS
The Company has commitments for short term (less than 365 days) borrowings
in the amount of $15.0 million under the Bank One Note Payable and in the amount
of $5.0 million under the First Merchants Note Payable. Each of such notes is
renewable annually at the option of the respective bank. The interest on these
notes payable to banks is negotiated at the time of borrowing thereunder and is
generally based on the then prevailing Federal Funds rate. These commitments for
credit were obtained to provide the Company with alternatives with respect to
short term borrowings for cash management. As of September 13, 1997, no
borrowings were outstanding under the Bank One Note Payable and under the First
Merchants Note Payable. See Note C of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
58
<PAGE> 62
DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES
The Exchange Notes offered hereby will be issued and the 144A Notes were
issued under an Indenture dated August 5, 1997 (the "Indenture") among the
Company, the Guarantors and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee (the
"Trustee"). References to "(Section )" mean the applicable Section of the
Indenture.
Upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus forms a part, the Indenture will be subject to and governed by the
Trust Indenture Act. The following summaries of the material provisions of the
Indenture do not purport to be complete, and where reference is made to
particular provisions of the Indenture, such provisions, including the
definitions of certain terms, are qualified in their entirety by reference to
all of the provisions of the Indenture and those terms made a part of the
Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. A copy of the Indenture is
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms
a part, and is incorporated by reference herein. For definitions of certain
capitalized terms used in the following summary, see "-- Certain Definitions" or
"Exchange Offer; Registration Rights."
GENERAL
The Exchange Notes will mature on August 1, 2007, will be limited to
$150,000,000 aggregate principal amount, and will be unsecured senior
subordinated obligations of the Company. Each Exchange Note will bear interest
at the rate set forth on the cover page hereof from August 5, 1997 or from the
most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid, payable
semiannually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 in each year, commencing
February 1, 1998, to the Person in whose name the Note (or any predecessor Note)
is registered at the close of business on the January 15 or July 15 next
preceding such interest payment date. Interest will be computed on the basis of
a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. (Sections 202, 301 and 313)
Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Exchange Notes will be
payable, and the Exchange Notes will be exchangeable and transferable, at the
office or agency of the Company in the City of New York maintained for such
purposes (which initially will be a corporate trust office of the Trustee);
provided, however, that payment of interest may be made at the option of the
Company by check or wire transfer mailed to the Person entitled thereto as shown
on the security register. (Sections 301, 305 and 1002) The Exchange Notes will
be issued only in fully registered form without coupons, in denominations of
$1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. (Section 302) No service charge will
be made for any registration of transfer, exchange or redemption of Notes,
except in certain circumstances for any tax or other governmental charge that
may be imposed in connection therewith. (Section 305)
Settlement for the Exchange Notes will be made in same day funds. All
payments of principal and interest will be made by the Company in same day
funds. The Exchange Notes will trade in the Same-Day Funds Settlement System of
The Depository Trust Company (the "Depositary" or "DTC") until maturity, and
secondary market trading activity for the Exchange Notes will therefore settle
in same day funds.
GUARANTEES
Payment of the Exchange Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed by
the Guarantors, jointly and severally, on a senior subordinated basis. The
Guarantors are comprised of Marsh Supermarkets, LLC, Crystal Food Services, LLC,
Village Pantry, LLC, Convenience Store Distributing Company, Contract Transport,
Inc., Contract Transport, LLC, Trademark Holdings, Inc., Marsh Drugs, Inc.,
Marsh Drugs, LLC, Limited Holdings, Inc., Marsh Village Pantries, Inc., Mundy
Realty, Inc., LoBill Foods, LLC, Mar Properties, Inc., North Marion Development
Corp., Marlease, Inc., Marsh Clearing House, LLC, Marsh International, Inc.,
S.C.T., Inc., Marsh P.Q., Inc. and Maraines Greenery, Inc. Three subsidiaries of
the Company (C.E. Publishers, Inc., Walnut Hill Associates and Decatur Plaza
Associates) are not Guarantors. (Section 205)
59
<PAGE> 63
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
(a) The Notes will be subject to redemption at any time on or after August
1, 2002, at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, on not less than 30
nor more than 60 days' prior notice in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple
thereof at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the
principal amount), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning August 1 of
the years indicated below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REDEMPTION
YEAR PRICE
- ---- ----------
<S> <C>
2002...................................................... 104.438%
2003...................................................... 102.958%
2004...................................................... 101.479%
</TABLE>
and thereafter at 100% of the principal amount, in each case, together with
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the
rights of holders of record on relevant record dates to receive interest due on
an interest payment date).
(b) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall
select the Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed pro rata, by lot or by any
other method the Trustee shall deem fair and reasonable. (Sections 203, 1101,
1105 and 1107)
SINKING FUND
The Notes will not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.
RANKING
The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes
will be subordinated, as set forth in the Indenture, in right of payment to the
prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness. The Notes will be senior
subordinated indebtedness of the Company ranking pari passu with all other
existing and future senior subordinated indebtedness of the Company and senior
to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company. (Sections
1301 and 1302) The Company has not issued, and does not have any current
arrangements to issue, any significant additional indebtedness to which the
Notes would be senior, subordinate or pari passu in right of payment. The Notes
will be effectively subordinate to essentially all of the currently outstanding
indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries.
Upon the occurrence of any default in the payment of any Designated Senior
Indebtedness beyond any applicable grace period and after the receipt by the
Trustee from representatives of holders of any Designated Senior Indebtedness
(collectively, a "Senior Representative") of written notice of such default, no
payment (other than payments previously made pursuant to the provisions
described under "-- Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of Indenture") or
distribution of any assets of the Company or any Subsidiary of any kind or
character (excluding certain permitted equity interests or subordinated
securities) may be made on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on, the Notes, or on account of the purchase, redemption, defeasance or
other acquisition of or in respect of, the Notes unless and until such default
shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist or such Designated
Senior Indebtedness shall have been discharged or paid in full, after which the
Company shall resume making any and all required payments in respect of the
Notes, including any missed payments.
Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any non-payment default
with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the
maturity thereof may then be accelerated immediately (a "Non-payment Default")
and after the receipt by the Trustee and the Company from a Senior
Representative of written notice of such Non-payment Default, no payment (other
than payments previously made pursuant to the provisions described under
"-- Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of Indenture") or distribution of any
assets of the Company of any kind or character (excluding certain permitted
equity interests or subordinated securities) may be made by the Company or any
Subsidiary on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the
Notes or on account of the purchase, redemption, defeasance
60
<PAGE> 64
or other acquisition of, or in respect of, the Notes for the period specified
below (the "Payment Blockage Period").
The Payment Blockage Period shall commence upon the receipt of notice of
the Non-payment Default by the Trustee and the Company from a Senior
Representative and shall end on the earliest of (i) the 179th day after such
commencement, (ii) the date on which such Non-payment Default (and all
Non-payment Defaults as to which notice is also given after such Payment
Blockage Period is initiated) is cured, waived or ceases to exist or on which
such Designated Senior Indebtedness is discharged or paid in full or (iii) the
date on which such Payment Blockage Period (and all Non-payment Defaults as to
which notice is given after such Payment Blockage Period is initiated) shall
have been terminated by written notice to the Company or the Trustee from the
Senior Representative initiating such Payment Blockage Period, after which, in
the case of each of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the Company will promptly
resume making any and all required payments in respect of the Notes, including
any missed payments. In no event will a Payment Blockage Period extend beyond
179 days from the date of the receipt by the Company or the Trustee of the
notice initiating such Payment Blockage Period (such 179-day period referred to
as the "Initial Period"). Any number of notices of Non-payment Defaults may be
given during the Initial Period provided that during any period of 365
consecutive days only one Payment Blockage Period, during which payment of
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes may not be made, may
commence and the duration of such period may not exceed 179 days. No Non-payment
Default with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness that existed or was
continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period will
be, or can be, made the basis for the commencement of a second Payment Blockage
Period, whether or not within a period of 365 consecutive days, unless such
default has been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive
days. (Section 1303)
If the Company fails to make any payment on the Notes when due or within
any applicable grace period, whether or not on account of the payment blockage
provisions referred to above, such failure would constitute an Event of Default
under the Indenture and would enable the holders of the Notes to accelerate the
maturity thereof. See "-- Events of Default."
The Indenture will provide that in the event of any insolvency or
bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization
or other similar case or proceeding in connection therewith, relative to the
Company or its assets, or any liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of
the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or whether or not involving
insolvency or bankruptcy, or any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any
other marshaling of assets or liabilities of the Company, all Senior
Indebtedness must be paid in full before any payment or distribution (excluding
distributions of certain permitted equity interests or subordinated securities)
is made on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the
Notes or on account of the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition
of, or in respect of, the Notes (other than payments previously made pursuant to
the provisions described under "-- Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of
Indenture"). (Section 1302)
By reason of such subordination, in the event of liquidation or insolvency,
creditors of the Company who are holders of Senior Indebtedness may recover
more, ratably, than the holders of the Notes, and funds which would be otherwise
payable to the holders of the Notes will be paid to the holders of the Senior
Indebtedness to the extent necessary to pay the Senior Indebtedness in full, and
the Company may be unable to meet its obligations fully with respect to the
Notes.
"Senior Indebtedness" under the Indenture means the principal of, premium,
if any, and interest (including interest accruing after the filing of a petition
initiating any proceeding under any state, federal or foreign bankruptcy law
whether or not allowable as a claim in such proceeding) and all other monetary
obligations on any Indebtedness of the Company (other than as otherwise provided
in this definition), whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or
thereafter created, incurred or assumed, and whether at any time owing, actually
or contingently, unless, in the case of any particular Indebtedness, the
instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is
outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall not be senior in
right of payment to the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Senior
Indebtedness" shall not include (i) Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes, (ii)
Indebtedness that is by its terms subordinate or junior in right of payment to
any Indebtedness of the Company, (iii) Indebtedness which, when incurred
61
<PAGE> 65
and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11 of the
United States Code, is without recourse to the Company, (iv) Indebtedness which
is represented by Redeemable Capital Stock, (v) any liability for foreign,
federal, state, local or other tax owed or owing by the Company to the extent
such liability constitutes Indebtedness, (vi) Indebtedness of the Company to a
Subsidiary or any other Affiliate of the Company or any of such Affiliate's
subsidiaries and (vii) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of
issuance is issued in violation of the Indenture.
"Designated Senior Indebtedness" under the Indenture means any Senior
Indebtedness which at the time of determination has an aggregate principal
amount outstanding of at least $10.0 million and is specifically designated in
the instrument evidencing such Senior Indebtedness or the agreement under which
such Senior Indebtedness arises as "Designated Senior Indebtedness" by the
Company.
As of September 13, 1997, after giving effect to the offering of the 144A
Notes and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, the Company had
approximately $41.2 million in aggregate principal amount of Senior Indebtedness
(all of which would have been secured), no Pari Passu Indebtedness and
approximately $19.9 million in aggregate principal amount of Subordinated
Indebtedness. In addition, as of September 13, 1997, after giving effect to the
offering of the 144A Notes and the application of the net proceeds therefrom,
the Guarantors had $5.6 million in aggregate principal amount of Guarantor
Senior Indebtedness ($0.7 million of which was guaranteed by the Company). The
Company has $70.0 million in available credit, under its existing revolving
credit agreements and notes payable to banks, which is senior in right of
payment to the Notes.
The Indenture will limit, but not prohibit, the incurrence by the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness, and the Indenture
will prohibit the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness that is subordinated
in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of the Company and senior in
right of payment to the Notes.
Each Guarantee of a Guarantor will be an unsecured senior subordinated
obligation of such Guarantor, ranking pari passu with, or senior in right of
payment to, all other existing and future Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is
expressly subordinated to Guarantor Senior Indebtedness. The Indebtedness
evidenced by the Guarantees will be subordinated to Guarantor Senior
Indebtedness to the same extent as the Notes are subordinated to Senior
Indebtedness and during any period when payment on the Notes is blocked by
Designated Senior Indebtedness, payment on the Guarantees is similarly blocked.
(Section 1416)
"Guarantor Senior Indebtedness" is defined as the principal of, premium, if
any, and interest (including interest accruing after the filing of a petition
initiating any proceeding under any state, federal or foreign bankruptcy laws
whether or not allowable as a claim in such proceeding) on any Indebtedness of
any Guarantor (other than as otherwise provided in this definition), whether
outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter created, incurred or
assumed, and whether at any time owing, actually or contingent, unless, in the
case of any particular Indebtedness, the instrument creating or evidencing the
same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such
Indebtedness shall not be senior in right of payment to any Guarantee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Guarantor Senior Indebtedness" shall not include
(i) Indebtedness evidenced by the Guarantees, (ii) Indebtedness that is
subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of any Guarantor,
(iii) Indebtedness which when incurred and without respect to any election under
Section 1111(b) of Title 11 of the United States Code, is without recourse to
any Guarantor, (iv) Indebtedness which is represented by Redeemable Capital
Stock, (v) any liability for foreign, federal, state, local or other taxes owed
or owing by any Guarantor to the extent such liability constitutes Indebtedness,
(vi) Indebtedness of any Guarantor to a Subsidiary or any other Affiliate of the
Company or any of such Affiliate's subsidiaries, (vii) Indebtedness evidenced by
any guarantee of any Subordinated Indebtedness or Pari Passu Indebtedness and
(viii) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of issuance is issued
in violation of the Indenture.
CERTAIN COVENANTS
The Indenture contains, among others, the following covenants:
Limitation on Indebtedness. The Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, issue, incur, assume, guarantee or
otherwise in any manner become directly or
62
<PAGE> 66
indirectly liable for the payment of or otherwise incur (collectively, "incur"),
any Indebtedness (including any Acquired Indebtedness but excluding Permitted
Indebtedness), unless such Indebtedness is incurred by the Company or a
Guarantor or constitutes Acquired Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (which
is not a Guarantor) and, in each case, the Company's Consolidated Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio for the four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements
are available immediately preceding the incurrence of such Indebtedness taken as
one period (and after giving pro forma effect to (i) the incurrence of such
Indebtedness and (if applicable) the application of the net proceeds therefrom,
including the refinancing of other Indebtedness, as if such Indebtedness was
incurred, and the application of such proceeds occurred, on the first day of
such applicable period; (ii) the incurrence, repayment or retirement of any
other Indebtedness by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the
first day of such applicable period as if such Indebtedness was incurred, repaid
or retired at the beginning of such applicable period (except that, in making
such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility
shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness
during such applicable period); (iii) in the case of Acquired Indebtedness or
any acquisition occurring at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness,
the related acquisition, assuming such acquisition had been consummated on the
first day of such applicable period; and (iv) any acquisition or disposition by
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any company or any business or
any assets out of the ordinary course of business, whether by merger, stock
purchase or sale or asset purchase or sale, or any related repayment of
Indebtedness, in each case since the first day of such applicable period,
assuming such acquisition or disposition had been consummated on the first day
of such applicable period) is at least equal to or greater than 2.00 to 1.
(Section 1008)
"Permitted Indebtedness" means:
(i) Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor under revolving
credit facilities or bank term loans in an aggregate principal amount at
any one time outstanding not to exceed $70.0 million;
(ii) Indebtedness of the Company pursuant to the Notes and
Indebtedness of any Guarantor pursuant to a Guarantee of the Notes;
(iii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
outstanding on the date of the Indenture or available under contracts on
the date of the Indenture and listed on a schedule thereto;
(iv) Indebtedness of the Company owing to a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that any Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company owing to a
Subsidiary is made pursuant to an intercompany note in the form attached to
the Indenture and is subordinated in accordance with provisions set forth
in the Indenture; provided, further, that any disposition, pledge or
transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person (other than a disposition,
pledge or transfer to a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed to be an
incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company not permitted by this clause
(iv);
(v) Indebtedness of a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary owing to the
Company or another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any
such Indebtedness for borrowed money is made pursuant to an intercompany
note in the form attached to the Indenture; provided, further, that (a) any
disposition, pledge or transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person (other
than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed
to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the obligor not permitted by
this clause (v), and (b) any transaction pursuant to which any Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary, which has Indebtedness owing to the Company or any
other Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, ceases to be a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be the incurrence of Indebtedness
by such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is not permitted by this
clause (v);
(vi) guarantees of any Restricted Subsidiary made in accordance with
the provisions of "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Issuances of
Guarantees of Indebtedness;"
(vii) obligations of the Company entered into in the ordinary course
of business (a) pursuant to Interest Rate Agreements designed to protect
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary against fluctuations in interest
rates in respect of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary as long as such obligations do not exceed the aggregate
principal amount of such Indebtedness then outstanding, (b) under any
Currency Hedging Arrangements, which if related to Indebtedness do not
increase the amount of such Indebtedness other than as a result of foreign
exchange fluctuations, or
63
<PAGE> 67
(c) under any Commodity Price Protection Agreements, which if related to
Indebtedness do not increase the amount of such Indebtedness other than as
a result of foreign exchange fluctuations;
(viii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor represented by
Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations or other
Indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or
development of real or personal, movable or immovable, property in each
case incurred for the purpose of financing or refinancing all or any part
of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property
used in the business of the Company or such Guarantor, in an aggregate
principal amount pursuant to this clause (viii) not to exceed $10.0 million
per year; provided, that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness outstanding
pursuant to this clause (viii) at any one time shall not exceed 3% of the
Consolidated Net Sales of the Company in the most recent fiscal year for
which audited financial statements are available; provided, further, that
the principal amount of any Indebtedness permitted under this clause (viii)
did not in each case at the time of incurrence exceed the Fair Market
Value, as determined by the Company or such Guarantor in good faith, of the
acquired or constructed asset or improvement so financed;
(ix) letters of credit to support workers compensation obligations and
bankers acceptances and performance bonds, surety bonds and performance
guarantees, of the Company or any Guarantor, in each case, in the ordinary
course of business consistent with past practice;
(x) Guarantees by the Company of Indebtedness of any Guarantor
permitted by the terms of the Indenture;
(xi) any renewals, extensions, substitutions, refundings, refinancings
or replacements (collectively, a "refinancing") of any Indebtedness
described in clauses (ii) and (iii) of this definition of "Permitted
Indebtedness," including any successive refinancings so long as the
aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness represented thereby is not
increased by such refinancing plus the lesser of (I) the stated amount of
any premium or other payment required to be paid in connection with such a
refinancing pursuant to the terms of the Indebtedness being refinanced or
(II) the amount of premium or other payment actually paid at such time to
refinance the Indebtedness, plus, in either case, the amount of expenses of
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred in connection with such
refinancing and (A) in the case of any refinancing of Indebtedness that is
Subordinated Indebtedness, such new Indebtedness is made subordinated to
the Notes at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced
and (B) in the case of Pari Passu Indebtedness or Subordinated
Indebtedness, as the case may be, such refinancing does not reduce the
Average Life to Stated Maturity or the Stated Maturity of such
Indebtedness; and
(xii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor in addition to that
described in clauses (i) through (xi) above, and any renewals, extensions,
substitutions, refinancings or replacements of such Indebtedness, so long
as the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness shall not exceed
$25.0 million outstanding at any one time in the aggregate.
Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company will not, and will not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
(i) declare or pay any dividend on, or make any distribution to
holders of, any shares of the Company's Capital Stock (other than dividends
or distributions payable solely in its shares of Qualified Capital Stock or
in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such Qualified
Capital Stock);
(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value,
directly or indirectly, the Company's Capital Stock or any Capital Stock of
any Affiliate of the Company (other than Capital Stock of any Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary) or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such
Capital Stock;
(iii) make any principal payment on, or repurchase, redeem, defease,
retire or otherwise acquire for value, prior to any scheduled principal
payment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness;
64
<PAGE> 68
(iv) declare or pay any dividend or distribution on any Capital Stock
of any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person (other than (a) to the Company
or any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries or (b) to all holders of
Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis); or
(v) make any Investment in any Person (other than any Permitted
Investments)
(any of the foregoing actions described in clauses (i) through (v), other than
any such action that is a Permitted Payment (as defined below), collectively,
"Restricted Payments") (the amount of any such Restricted Payment, if other than
cash, as determined by the board of directors of the Company, whose
determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a board resolution), unless
(1) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted
Payment on a pro forma basis, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing and such Restricted Payment shall not be an event which is, or
after notice or lapse of time or both, would be, an "event of default" under the
terms of any Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries; (2)
immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted
Payment on a pro forma basis, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) under the provisions described
under "-- Limitation on Indebtedness;" and (3) after giving effect to the
proposed Restricted Payment, the aggregate amount of all such Restricted
Payments declared or made after the date of the Indenture, does not exceed the
sum of:
(A) $10.0 million;
(B) 50% of the aggregate cumulative Consolidated Net Income of the
Company accrued on a cumulative basis during the period beginning on the
first day of the fiscal quarter beginning after the date of the Indenture
and ending on the last day of the Company's last fiscal quarter ending
prior to the date of the Restricted Payment (or, if such aggregate
cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall be a loss, minus 100% of such
loss);
(C) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received after the date of the
Indenture by the Company from the issuance or sale (other than to any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries) of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or
any options, warrants or rights to purchase such Qualified Capital Stock of
the Company (except, in each case, to the extent such proceeds are used to
purchase, redeem or otherwise retire Capital Stock or Subordinated
Indebtedness as set forth below in clause (ii) or (iii) of paragraph (b)
below);
(D) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received after the date of the
Indenture by the Company (other than from any of its Subsidiaries) upon the
exercise of any options, warrants or rights to purchase Qualified Capital
Stock of the Company;
(E) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received after the date of the
Indenture by the Company from the conversion or exchange, if any, of debt
securities or Redeemable Capital Stock of the Company or its Subsidiaries
into or for Qualified Capital Stock of the Company plus, to the extent such
debt securities or Redeemable Capital Stock were issued prior to or after
the date of the Indenture, the aggregate of Net Cash Proceeds from their
original issuance; and
(F) in the case of the disposition or repayment of any Investment
constituting a Restricted Payment made after the date of the Indenture, an
amount equal to the lesser of the return of capital with respect to such
Investment and the initial amount of such Investment, in either case, less
the cost of disposition of such Investment.
65
<PAGE> 69
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, and in the case of clauses (ii) through
(vii) below, so long as there is no Default or Event of Default continuing, the
foregoing provisions shall not prohibit the following actions (each of clauses
(i) through (iv) being referred to as a "Permitted Payment"):
(i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of
declaration thereof, if at such date of declaration such payment was
permitted by the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Section and such
payment shall have been deemed to have been paid on such date of
declaration and shall not have been deemed a "Permitted Payment" for
purposes of the calculation required by paragraph (a) of this Section;
(ii) the repurchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement of
any shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Company in exchange for
(including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right
or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance
of fractional shares or scrip), or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of a
substantially concurrent issue and sale for cash (other than to a
Restricted Subsidiary) of, other shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the
Company; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of such
shares of Qualified Capital Stock are excluded from clause (3)(C) of
paragraph (a) of this Section;
(iii) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or
acquisition for value or payment of principal of any Subordinated
Indebtedness in exchange for, or in an amount not in excess of the Net Cash
Proceeds of, a substantially concurrent issuance and sale for cash (other
than to any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of any Qualified Capital
Stock of the Company, provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance
of such shares of Qualified Capital Stock are excluded from clause (3)(C)
of paragraph (a) of this Section;
(iv) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement, refinancing,
acquisition for value or payment of principal of any Subordinated
Indebtedness (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) (a "refinancing")
through the substantially concurrent issuance of new Subordinated
Indebtedness of the Company, provided that any such new Subordinated
Indebtedness (1) shall be in a principal amount that does not exceed the
principal amount so refinanced (or, if such Subordinated Indebtedness
provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and
payable upon a declaration of acceleration thereof, then such lesser amount
as of the date of determination), plus the lesser of (I) the stated amount
of any premium or other payment required to be paid in connection with such
a refinancing pursuant to the terms of the Indebtedness being refinanced or
(II) the amount of premium or other payment actually paid at such time to
refinance the Indebtedness, plus, in either case, the amount of expenses of
the Company incurred in connection with such refinancing; (2) has an
Average Life to Stated Maturity greater than the remaining Average Life to
Stated Maturity of the Notes; (3) has a Stated Maturity for its final
scheduled principal payment later than the Stated Maturity for the final
scheduled principal payment of the Notes; and (4) is expressly subordinated
in right of payment to the Notes at least to the same extent as the
Subordinated Indebtedness to be refinanced;
(v) the repurchase of any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or
any Guarantor at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal
amount of such Subordinated Indebtedness in the event of a Change of
Control (as defined below) pursuant to a provision similar to the
"-- Purchase of Notes upon Change of Control" covenant; provided that prior
to or simultaneously with such repurchase, the Company has made the Change
of Control Offer as provided in such covenant and has repurchased all Notes
validly tendered for payment in connection with such Change of Control
Offer;
(vi) the repurchase of any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or
any Guarantor, at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal
amount of such Indebtedness in the event of an Asset Sale pursuant to a
provision similar to the "-- Limitation on Sale of Assets" covenant;
provided that prior to such repurchase the Company has made an Offer to
purchase the Notes as provided in such covenant and has repurchased all
Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such Offer; and
(vii) the payment of dividends on the Company's Common Stock of up to
$1.0 million per quarter in the aggregate. (Section 1009)
66
<PAGE> 70
Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. The Company will not, and will
not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter
into any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without
limitation, the sale, purchase, exchange or lease of assets, property or
services) with any Affiliate of the Company (other than the Company or a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary) unless such transaction or series of related
transactions is entered into in good faith and in writing and (a) such
transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that would be available in
a comparable transaction in arm's-length dealings with an unrelated third party,
(b) with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions involving
aggregate value in excess of $5 million, the Company delivers an officers'
certificate to the Trustee certifying that such transaction or series of related
transactions complies with clause (a) above and (c) with respect to any
transaction or series of related transactions involving aggregate payments in
excess of $10 million, either (i) such transaction or series of related
transactions has been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of
the Company, or in the event there is only one Disinterested Director, by such
Disinterested Director, or (ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee a written
opinion of an investment banking firm of national standing or other recognized
independent expert with experience appraising the terms and conditions of the
type of transaction or series of related transactions for which an opinion is
required stating that the transaction or series of related transactions is fair
to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;
provided, however, that this provision shall not apply to (i) any transaction
with an officer or director of the Company entered into in the ordinary course
of business (including compensation and employee benefit arrangements with any
officer, director or employee of the Company, including under any stock option
or stock incentive plans), (ii) the payment of dividends otherwise permitted by
the terms of the Indenture, (iii) indemnification agreements for the benefit of
officers, directors and employees, and (iv) transactions and arrangements
pursuant to any contract in effect on the date of the Indenture and listed on a
schedule to the Indenture, as the same may be amended or modified from time to
time so long as any amendment or modification is no less favorable to the
Company or its Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than such contract or
agreement as in effect on the date of the Indenture. (Section 1010)
Limitation on Liens. The Company will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur or affirm any
Lien of any kind securing any Pari Passu Indebtedness or Subordinated
Indebtedness (including any assumption, guarantee or other liability with
respect thereto by any Restricted Subsidiary) upon any property or assets
(including any intercompany notes) of the Company or any Subsidiary owned on the
date of the Indenture or acquired after the date of the Indenture, or any income
or profits therefrom, unless the Notes are directly secured equally and ratably
with (or, in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness, prior or senior thereto,
with the same relative priority as the Notes shall have with respect to such
Subordinated Indebtedness) the obligation or liability secured by such Lien
except for Liens (A) securing any Indebtedness which become Indebtedness
pursuant to a transaction permitted under "--Consolidation, Merger, Sale of
Assets" or securing Acquired Indebtedness which, in each case, were created
prior to (and not created in connection with, or in contemplation of) the
incurrence of such Pari Passu Indebtedness or Subordinated Indebtedness
(including any assumption, guarantee or other liability with respect thereto by
any Restricted Subsidiary) and which Indebtedness is permitted under the
provisions of "--Limitation on Indebtedness" or (B) securing any Indebtedness
incurred in connection with any refinancing, renewal, substitution or
replacement of any such Indebtedness described in clause (A), so long as the
aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness represented thereby is not increased
by such refinancing by an amount greater than the lesser of (i) the stated
amount of any premium or other payment required to be paid in connection with
such a refinancing pursuant to the terms of the Indebtedness being refinanced or
(ii) the amount of premium or other payment actually paid at such time to
refinance the Indebtedness, plus, in either case, the amount of expenses of the
Company incurred in connection with such refinancing, provided, however, that in
the case of clauses (A) and (B), any such Lien only extends to the assets that
were subject to such Lien securing such Indebtedness prior to the related
acquisition by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries. (Section 1011)
Limitation on Senior Subordinated Indebtedness. The Company will not, and
will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue,
assume, guarantee or otherwise in any manner become directly or indirectly
liable for or with respect to or otherwise permit to exist any Indebtedness that
is
67
<PAGE> 71
subordinate in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Company or such
Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also pari passu with
the Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor or subordinate in right of payment
to the Notes or such Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Notes or such
Guarantee are subordinate in right of payment to Senior Indebtedness or Senior
Indebtedness of such Guarantor, as the case may be. (Section 1012)
Limitation on Sale of Assets. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate an
Asset Sale unless (i) at least 80% of the consideration from such Asset Sale is
received in cash and (ii) the Company or such Subsidiary receives consideration
at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the
shares or assets subject to such Asset Sale (as determined by the board of
directors of the Company and evidenced in a board resolution).
(b) If all or a portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale are not
required to be applied to repay permanently any Senior Indebtedness outstanding
as required by the terms thereof, or the Company determines not to apply such
Net Cash Proceeds to the permanent repayment of the Senior Indebtedness, or if
no such Indebtedness under the Senior Indebtedness is outstanding then, the
Company or a Subsidiary may, within 365 days of such Asset Sale, invest the Net
Cash Proceeds in capital expenditures, properties and other assets or
inventories that (as determined by the board of directors of the Company)
replace the properties and assets that were the subject of the Asset Sale or in
properties and assets that will be used in the businesses of the Company or its
Subsidiaries existing on the date of the Indenture or in businesses reasonably
related thereto; provided that the properties or assets that replace the
properties and assets that are subject to such Asset Sale in the case of a sale
of a store or stores shall be deemed to have been applied to the extent of any
capital expenditures made to acquire or construct a replacement store in the
general vicinity of the store or stores sold within 180 days preceding the date
of such Asset Sale. The amount of such Net Cash Proceeds not used or invested as
set forth in this paragraph constitutes "Excess Proceeds."
(c) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million or
more, the Company will apply the Excess Proceeds to the repayment of the Notes
and any other Pari Passu Indebtedness outstanding with similar provisions
requiring the Company to make an offer to purchase such Indebtedness with the
proceeds from any Asset Sale as follows: (A) the Company will make an offer to
purchase (an "Offer") from all holders of the Notes in accordance with the
procedures set forth in the Indenture in the maximum principal amount (expressed
as a multiple of $1,000) of Notes that may be purchased out of an amount (the
"Note Amount") equal to the product of such Excess Proceeds multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of the
Notes, and the denominator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal
amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness (subject to proration in
the event such amount is less than the aggregate Offered Price (as defined
herein) of all Notes tendered) and (B) to the extent required by such Pari Passu
Indebtedness to permanently reduce the principal amount of such Pari Passu
Indebtedness, the Company will make an offer to purchase or otherwise repurchase
or redeem Pari Passu Indebtedness (a "Pari Passu Offer") in an amount (the "Pari
Passu Debt Amount") equal to the excess of the Excess Proceeds over the Note
Amount; provided that in no event will the Company be required to make a Pari
Passu Offer in a Pari Passu Debt Amount exceeding the principal amount of such
Pari Passu Indebtedness plus the amount of any premium required to be paid to
repurchase such Pari Passu Indebtedness. The offer price for the Notes will be
payable in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date (the "Offer Date") such
Offer is consummated (the "Offered Price"), in accordance with the procedures
set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate Offered Price of
the Notes tendered pursuant to the Offer is less than the Note Amount relating
thereto or the aggregate amount of Pari Passu Indebtedness that is purchased in
a Pari Passu Offer is less than the Pari Passu Debt Amount, the Company may use
any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes. If the aggregate
principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders
thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the
Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon the completion of the purchase
of all the Notes tendered pursuant to an Offer and the completion of a Pari
Passu Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds, if any, shall be reset at zero.
68
<PAGE> 72
(d) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, such
Excess Proceeds will, prior to any purchase of Notes described in paragraph (c)
above, be set aside by the Company in a separate account pending (i) deposit
with the depository or a paying agent of the amount required to purchase the
Notes tendered in an Offer or Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in a Pari Passu
Offer, (ii) delivery by the Company of the Offered Price to the holders of the
Notes tendered in an Offer or Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in a Pari Passu
Offer and (iii) application, as set forth above, of Excess Proceeds in the
business of the Company and its Subsidiaries for general corporate purposes.
Such Excess Proceeds may be invested in Temporary Cash Investments, provided
that the maturity date of any such investment made after the amount of Excess
Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million shall not be later than the Offer Date. The
Company shall be entitled to any interest or dividends accrued, earned or paid
on such Temporary Cash Investments; provided that the Company shall not withdraw
such interest from the separate account if an Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing.
(e) If the Company becomes obligated to make an Offer pursuant to clause
(c) above, the Notes and the Pari Passu Indebtedness shall be purchased by the
Company, at the option of the holders thereof, in whole or in part in integral
multiples of $1,000, on a date that is not earlier than 45 days and not later
than 60 days from the date the notice of the Offer is given to holders, or such
later date as may be necessary for the Company to comply with the requirements
under the Exchange Act.
(f) The Company will comply with the applicable tender offer rules,
including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities
laws or regulations in connection with an Offer. (Section 1013)
Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness. (a) The Company
will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, other than the Guarantors, directly
or indirectly, to secure the payment of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company
and the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
pledge any intercompany notes representing obligations of any Restricted
Subsidiary (other than the Guarantors) to secure the payment of any Senior
Indebtedness unless in each case such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously
executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a
guarantee of payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary, which guarantee
shall be on the same terms as the guarantee of the Senior Indebtedness (if a
guarantee of Senior Indebtedness is granted by any such Restricted Subsidiary)
except that the guarantee of the Notes need not be secured and shall be
subordinated to the claims against such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of
Senior Indebtedness to the same extent as the Notes are subordinated to Senior
Indebtedness of the Company under the Indenture.
(b) The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or
indirectly, to guarantee, assume or in any other manner become liable with
respect to any Indebtedness of the Company unless such Restricted Subsidiary
simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture
providing for a Guarantee of the Notes, on the same terms as the guarantee of
such Indebtedness except that (A) such guarantee need not be secured unless
required pursuant to "-- Limitation on Liens," (B) if such Indebtedness is by
its terms Senior Indebtedness, any such assumption, guarantee or other liability
of such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be senior
to such Restricted Subsidiary's Guarantee of the Notes to the same extent as
such Senior Indebtedness is senior to the Notes and (C) if such Indebtedness is
by its terms expressly subordinated to the Notes any such assumption, guarantee
or other liability of such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such
Indebtedness shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary's Guarantee of
the Notes at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to
the Notes.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Notes shall provide by its terms that it (and all Liens securing the
same) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon
(i) any sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person not an Affiliate of the
Company, of all of the Company's Capital Stock in, or all or substantially all
the assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary, which transaction is in compliance
with the terms of the Indenture and such Restricted Subsidiary is released from
all guarantees, if any, by it of other Indebtedness of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) (with respect to any Guarantees created after
the date of the Indenture) the release by the holders of the Indebtedness of the
Company described in clauses (a) and (b) above of their security interest or
their
69
<PAGE> 73
guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary (including any deemed release upon
payment in full of all obligations under such Indebtedness), at a time when (A)
no other Indebtedness of the Company has been secured or guaranteed by such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, or (B) the holders of all such other
Indebtedness which is secured or guaranteed by such Restricted Subsidiary also
release their security interest in, or guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary
(including any deemed release upon payment in full of all obligations under such
Indebtedness). (Section 1014)
Restriction on Transfer of Assets. The Company and the Guarantors will not
sell, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of its assets or property to any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries, except for sales, conveyances, transfers or other
dispositions (a) made in the ordinary course of business or (b) to any
Restricted Subsidiary if such Subsidiary is a Guarantor or simultaneously
executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a
Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary on a senior
subordinated basis. For purposes of this provision any sale, conveyance,
transfer, lease or other disposition of property or assets having a Fair Market
Value in excess of (a) $5.0 million for any sale, conveyance, transfer or
disposition or series of related sales, conveyances, transfers, leases or
dispositions and (b) $10.0 million in the aggregate for all such sales,
conveyances, transfers, leases or dispositions in any fiscal year of the Company
shall not be considered "in the ordinary course of business." (Section 1015).
Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control. If a Change of Control shall
occur at any time, then each holder of Notes shall have the right to require
that the Company purchase such holder's Notes in whole or in part in integral
multiples of $1,000, at a purchase price (the "Change of Control Purchase
Price") in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount of such
Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the
"Change of Control Purchase Date"), pursuant to the offer described below (the
"Change of Control Offer") and in accordance with the other procedures set forth
in the Indenture.
Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall notify
the Trustee thereof and give written notice of such Change of Control to each
holder of Notes, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at his address appearing
in the security register, stating, among other things: the purchase price and
the purchase date which shall be fixed by the Company on a business day no
earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed,
or such later date as is necessary to comply with requirements under the
Exchange Act; that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; that,
unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price, any Notes
accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to
accrue interest after the Change of Control Purchase Date; and certain other
procedures that a holder of Notes must follow to accept a Change of Control
Offer or to withdraw such acceptance.
If a Change of Control Offer is made, there can be no assurance that the
Company will have available funds sufficient to pay the Change of Control
Purchase Price for all of the Notes that might be delivered by holders of the
Notes seeking to accept the Change of Control Offer. See "-- Ranking." The
failure of the Company to make or consummate the Change of Control Offer or pay
the Change of Control Purchase Price when due will give the Trustee and the
holders of the Notes the rights described under "Events of Default."
The term "all or substantially all" as used in the definition of "Change of
Control" has not been interpreted under New York law (which is the governing law
of the Indenture) to represent a specific quantitative test. As a consequence,
in the event the holders of the Notes elected to exercise their rights under the
Indenture and the Company elected to contest such election, there could be no
assurance as to how a court interpreting New York law would interpret the
phrase.
The existence of a holder's right to require the Company to repurchase such
holder's Notes upon a Change of Control may deter a third party from acquiring
the Company in a transaction which constitutes a Change of Control.
In addition to the obligations of the Company under the Indenture with
respect to the Notes in the event of a "Change of Control," certain of the
Company's long-term indebtedness may also contain an event of default upon a
"Change of Control" as defined therein which obligates the Company to repay
amounts outstanding under such indebtedness upon an acceleration of the
indebtedness issued thereunder. See "Description of Other Indebtedness."
70
<PAGE> 74
The provisions of the Indenture will not afford holders of Notes the right
to require the Company to repurchase the Notes in the event of a highly
leveraged transaction or certain transactions with the Company's management or
its Affiliates, including a reorganization, restructuring, merger or similar
transaction (including, in certain circumstances, an acquisition of the Company
by management or its Affiliates) involving the Company that may adversely affect
holders of the Notes, if such transaction is not a transaction defined as a
Change of Control. A transaction involving the Company's management or its
Affiliates, or a transaction involving a recapitalization of the Company, will
result in a Change of Control if it is the type of transaction specified by such
definition.
The Company will comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including
Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws or
regulations in connection with a Change of Control Offer. (Section 1016)
Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will
not permit (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to issue, sell or
transfer any Preferred Stock, except for (i) Preferred Stock issued or sold to,
held by or transferred to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary,
and (ii) Preferred Stock issued by a Person prior to the time (A) such Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) such Person merges with or into a
Restricted Subsidiary or (C) a Subsidiary merges with or into such Person;
provided that such Preferred Stock was not issued or incurred by such Person in
anticipation of the type of transaction contemplated by subclause (A), (B) or
(C) or (b) any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary) to acquire Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary from the
Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary except, (a) in the case of
clause (A) or (B), upon the acquisition of all the outstanding Capital Stock of
such Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
Notwithstanding the above, the Company will not permit Marsh Supermarkets, LLC
to issue, sell or transfer any Capital Stock, except for Capital Stock issued or
sold to, held by or transferred to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary, and will not permit any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary) to acquire any Capital Stock of Marsh Supermarkets,
LLC from the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary. (Section 1017)
Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
Subsidiaries. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or become
effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any
Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distribution on its
Capital Stock, (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other
Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) make any Investment in the Company or any other
Restricted Subsidiary or (iv) transfer any of its properties or assets to the
Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, except for: (a) any agreement in
effect on the date of the Indenture; (b) any encumbrance or restriction, with
respect to a Subsidiary that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on
the date of the Indenture, in existence at the time such Person becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and not incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; and (c) any
encumbrance or restriction existing under any agreement that extends, renews,
refinances or replaces the agreements containing the encumbrances or
restrictions in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), or in this clause (c),
provided that the terms and conditions of any such encumbrances or restrictions
are no more restrictive in any material respect than those under or pursuant to
the agreement evidencing the Indebtedness so extended, renewed, refinanced or
replaced. (Section 1018)
Limitations on Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not make, and
will not permit its Restricted Subsidiaries to make, any Investment in
Unrestricted Subsidiaries if, at the time thereof, the aggregate amount of such
Investments would exceed the amount of Restricted Payments then permitted to be
made pursuant to the "-- Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant. Any
Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries permitted to be made pursuant to this
covenant (i) will be treated as a Restricted Payment in calculating the amount
of Restricted Payments made by the Company and (ii) may be made in cash or
property. (Section 1019)
Provision of Financial Statements. The Indenture provides that, whether or
not the Company or any Guarantor is subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act, the Company and such Guarantor will,
71
<PAGE> 75
to the extent permitted under the Exchange Act, file with the Commission the
annual reports, quarterly reports and other documents which the Company and such
Guarantor would have been required to file with the Commission pursuant to such
Section 13(a) or 15(d) if the Company and such Guarantor were so subject, such
documents to be filed with the Commission on or prior to the date (the "Required
Filing Date") by which the Company and such Guarantor would have been required
so to file such documents if the Company and such Guarantor were so subject. The
Company and such Guarantor will also in any event (x) within 15 days of each
Required Filing Date (i) transmit by mail to all holders, as their names and
addresses appear in the security register, without cost to such holders and (ii)
file with the Trustee copies of the annual reports, quarterly reports and other
documents which the Company and such Guarantor would have been required to file
with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act if
the Company and such Guarantor were subject to either of such Sections and (y)
if filing such documents by the Company and such Guarantor with the Commission
is not permitted under the Exchange Act, promptly upon written request and
payment of the reasonable cost of duplication and delivery, supply copies of
such documents to any prospective holder at the Company's and such Guarantor's
cost. If any Guarantor's or other Subsidiaries' financial statements would be
required to be included in the financial statements filed or delivered pursuant
hereto if the Company were subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act, the Company shall include such Guarantor's or other Subsidiaries' financial
statements in any filing or delivery pursuant hereto. (Section 1020)
Additional Covenants. The Indenture also contains covenants with respect
to the following matters: (i) payment of principal, premium and interest; (ii)
maintenance of an office or agency in The City of New York; (iii) arrangements
regarding the handling of money held in trust; (iv) maintenance of corporate
existence; (v) payment of taxes and other claims; (vi) maintenance of
properties; and (vii) maintenance of insurance.
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OF ASSETS
The Company will not, in a single transaction or through a series of
related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or
sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person or group of
affiliated Persons, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to enter into any such
transaction or series of related transactions if such transaction or series of
related transactions, in the aggregate, would result in a sale, assignment,
conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of all or substantially all of the
properties and assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated
basis to any other Person or group of affiliated Persons, unless at the time and
after giving effect thereto (i) either (a) the Company will be the continuing
corporation or (b) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such
consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires
by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition all or
substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its
Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis (the "Surviving Entity") will be a
corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United
States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and such Person
expressly assumes, by a supplemental indenture, in a form satisfactory to the
Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Indenture,
as the case may be, and the Notes and the Indenture will remain in full force
and effect as so supplemented; (ii) immediately before and immediately after
giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis (and treating any
Indebtedness not previously an obligation of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries which becomes the obligation of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been
incurred at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default will
have occurred and be continuing; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction on a pro forma basis (and treating any Indebtedness not previously
an obligation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which becomes
the obligation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such
transaction as having been incurred at the time of such transaction), the
Consolidated Net Worth of the Company (or the Surviving Entity if the Company is
not the continuing obligor under the Indenture) is equal to or greater than the
Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;
(iv) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction
on a pro forma basis (on the assumption that the transaction occurred on the
first day of the four-quarter period for which financial statements are
available
72
<PAGE> 76
ending immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction with the
appropriate adjustments with respect to the transaction being included in such
pro forma calculation), the Company (or the Surviving Entity if the Company is
not the continuing obligor under the Indenture) could incur $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) under the provisions of
"-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness"; (v) at the time of the
transaction each Guarantor, if any, unless it is the other party to the
transactions described above, will have by supplemental indenture confirmed that
its Guarantees shall apply to such Person's obligations under the Indenture and
the Notes; (vi) at the time of the transaction if any of the property or assets
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries would thereupon become
subject to any Lien, the provisions of "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on
Liens" are complied with; and (vii) at the time of the transaction the Company
or the Surviving Entity will have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the
Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an
officers' certificate and an opinion of counsel, each to the effect that such
consolidation, merger, transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease
or other transaction and the supplemental indenture in respect thereof comply
with the Indenture and that all conditions precedent therein provided for
relating to such transaction have been complied with. (Section 801)
Each Guarantor shall not, and the Company will not permit a Guarantor to,
in a single transaction or through a series of related transactions, consolidate
with or merge with or into any other Person (other than the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary) or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person
or group of affiliated Persons (other than the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to enter into any such
transaction or series of related transactions if such transaction or series of
related transactions, in the aggregate, would result in a sale, assignment,
conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of all or substantially all of the
properties and assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated
basis to any other Person or group of affiliated Persons (other than the Company
or any Guarantor), unless at the time and after giving effect thereto (i) either
(a) the Guarantor will be the continuing corporation or (b) the Person (if other
than the Guarantor) formed by such consolidation or into which such Guarantor is
merged or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer,
lease or disposition all or substantially all of the properties and assets of
the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis (the "Surviving
Guarantor Entity") will be a corporation duly organized and validly existing
under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the
District of Columbia and such Person expressly assumes, by a supplemental
indenture, in a form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of such
Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Notes and the Indenture and such Guarantee
will remain in full force and effect; (ii) immediately before and immediately
after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, no Default or
Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing; and (iii) at the time of
the transaction such Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity will have
delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an officers' certificate and an opinion
of counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger, transfer, sale,
assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other transaction and the
supplemental indenture in respect thereof comply with the Indenture and that all
conditions precedent therein provided for relating to such transaction have been
complied with. (Section 801)
In the event of any transaction (other than a lease) described in and
complying with the conditions listed in the two immediately preceding paragraphs
in which the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, is not the continuing
corporation, the successor Person formed or remaining shall succeed to, and be
substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company, and the
Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, would be discharged from all
obligations and covenants under the Indenture and the Notes or its Guarantee, as
the case may be. (Section 802)
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
An Event of Default will occur under the Indenture if:
(i) there shall be a default in the payment of any interest on any
Note when it becomes due and payable, and such default shall continue for a
period of 30 days;
73
<PAGE> 77
(ii) there shall be a default in the payment of the principal of (or
premium, if any, on) any Note at its Maturity (upon acceleration, optional
or mandatory redemption, if any, required repurchase or otherwise);
(iii) (a) there shall be a default in the performance, or breach, of
any covenant or agreement of the Company or any Guarantor under the
Indenture or any Guarantee (other than a default in the performance, or
breach, of a covenant or agreement which is specifically dealt with in
clause (i) or (ii) or in clause (b), (c) or (d) of this clause (iii)) and
such default or breach shall continue for a period of 30 days after written
notice has been given, by certified mail, (x) to the Company by the Trustee
or (y) to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; (b) there shall be a
default in the performance or breach of the provisions described in
"-- Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets"; (c) the Company shall have
failed to make or consummate an Offer in accordance with the provisions of
"-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Sale of Assets"; or (d) the Company
shall have failed to make or consummate a Change of Control Offer in
accordance with the provisions of "-- Certain Covenants -- Purchase of
Notes Upon a Change of Control";
(iv) one or more defaults shall have occurred under any agreements,
indentures or instruments under which the Company, any Guarantor or any
Restricted Subsidiary then has outstanding Indebtedness in excess of $5.0
million, individually or in the aggregate, and either (a) such default
results from the failure to pay such Indebtedness at its final maturity or
(b) such default or defaults have resulted in the acceleration of the
maturity of such Indebtedness;
(v) any Guarantee shall for any reason cease to be, or shall for any
reason be asserted in writing by any Guarantor or any Unrestricted
Subsidiary which has guaranteed the Notes or the Company not to be, in full
force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms except to the
extent contemplated by the Indenture and any such Guarantee;
(vi) one or more judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money
in excess of $5.0 million (in excess of the coverage under applicable
insurance policies after giving effect to any deductibles as to which
judgment, order or decree the insurer has agreed in writing that it is
liable), either individually or in the aggregate, shall be rendered against
the Company, any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their
respective properties and shall not be discharged and either (a) any
creditor shall have commenced an enforcement proceeding upon such judgment,
order or decree or (b) there shall have been a period of 60 consecutive
days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by
reason of an appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect;
(vii) any holder or holders of at least $10.0 million in aggregate
principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company, any Guarantor or any
Restricted Subsidiary after a default under such Indebtedness shall notify
the Trustee of the intended sale or disposition of any assets of the
Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary that have been pledged to or for
the benefit of such holder or holders to secure such Indebtedness or shall
commence proceedings, or take any action (including by way of set-off), to
retain in satisfaction of such Indebtedness or to collect on, seize,
dispose of or apply in satisfaction of Indebtedness, assets of the Company,
any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (including funds on deposit or
held pursuant to lock-box and other similar arrangements);
(viii) there shall have been the entry by a court of competent
jurisdiction of (a) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company,
any Guarantor or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary in an involuntary
case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or (b) a decree or
order adjudging the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Restricted
Subsidiary bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company, any Guarantor or
any Significant Restricted Subsidiary under any applicable federal or state
law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company, any Guarantor or
any Significant Restricted Subsidiary or of any substantial part of their
respective properties, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of their
respective affairs, and any such decree or order for relief shall continue
to be in effect, or any such other decree or order shall be unstayed and in
effect, for a period of 60 consecutive days; or
74
<PAGE> 78
(ix) (a) the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Restricted
Subsidiary commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable
Bankruptcy Law or any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated bankrupt
or insolvent, (b) the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Restricted
Subsidiary consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect
of the Company, such Guarantor or such Significant Restricted Subsidiary in
an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or to
the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against
it, (c) the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary
files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief
under any applicable federal or state law, (d) the Company, any Guarantor
or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary (I) consents to the filing of such
petition or the appointment of, or taking possession by, a custodian,
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official
of the Company, any Guarantor or such Significant Restricted Subsidiary or
of any substantial part of their respective properties, (II) makes an
assignment for the benefit of creditors or (III) admits in writing its
inability to pay its debts generally as they become due or (e) the Company,
any Guarantor or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary takes any corporate
action in furtherance of any such actions in this paragraph (ix). (Section
501)
If an Event of Default (other than as specified in clauses (viii) and (ix)
of the prior paragraph with respect to the Company and any Significant
Restricted Subsidiary) shall occur and be continuing with respect to the
Indenture, the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, and the Trustee at the
request of such holders shall, declare all unpaid principal of, premium, if any,
and accrued interest on all Notes to be due and payable, by a notice in writing
to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by the holders of the Notes) and
upon any such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall
become due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in clause
(viii) or (ix) of the prior paragraph occurs with respect to the Company and any
Significant Restricted Subsidiary and is continuing, then all the Notes shall
ipso facto become and be due and payable immediately in an amount equal to the
principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to the date the Notes become due and payable, without any declaration or
other act on the part of the Trustee or any holder. Thereupon, the Trustee may,
at its discretion, proceed to protect and enforce the rights of the holders of
Notes by appropriate judicial proceedings.
After a declaration of acceleration, but before a judgment or decree for
payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee, the holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding by written notice to
the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its
consequences if (a) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum
sufficient to pay (i) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under the
Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, (ii) all overdue interest on all Notes
then outstanding, (iii) the principal of and premium, if any, on any Notes then
outstanding which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of
acceleration and interest thereon at a rate borne by the Notes and (iv) to the
extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest
at the rate borne by the Notes; and (b) all Events of Default, other than the
non-payment of principal of the Notes which have become due solely by such
declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in the
Indenture. (Section 502)
The holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the Notes outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all outstanding Notes
waive any past default under the Indenture and its consequences, except a
default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any
Note or in respect of a covenant or provision which under the Indenture cannot
be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Note affected
by such modification or amendment. (Section 513)
The Company is also required to notify the Trustee within five business
days of the occurrence of any Default. (Section 1021) The Company is required to
deliver to the Trustee, on or before a date not more than 60 days after the end
of each fiscal quarter and not more than 120 days after the end of each fiscal
year, a written statement as to compliance with the Indenture, including whether
or not any Default has occurred. (Section 1021) The Trustee is under no
obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the Indenture
at the request or direction of any of the holders of the Notes unless such
holders offer to the Trustee
75
<PAGE> 79
security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses
and liabilities which might be incurred thereby. (Section 603)
The Trust Indenture Act contains limitations on the rights of the Trustee,
should it become a creditor of the Company or any Guarantor, if any, to obtain
payment of claims in certain cases or to realize on certain property received by
it in respect of any such claims, as security or otherwise. The Trustee is
permitted to engage in other transactions, provided that if it acquires any
conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict upon the occurrence of an
Event of Default or else resign.
DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE OF INDENTURE
The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the
obligations of the Company, any Guarantor and any other obligor upon the Notes
discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes ("defeasance"). Such defeasance
means that the Company, any such Guarantor and any other obligor under the
Indenture shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness
represented by the outstanding Notes, except for (i) the rights of holders of
such outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (ii) the
Company's obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary
Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, and
the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security
payments held in trust, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities
of the Trustee and (iv) the defeasance provisions of the Indenture. In addition,
the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of
the Company and any Guarantor released with respect to certain covenants that
are described in the Indenture ("covenant defeasance") and thereafter any
omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or an
Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In the event covenant defeasance
occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy and insolvency
events) described under "Events of Default" will no longer constitute an Event
of Default with respect to the Notes. (Sections 401, 402 and 403)
In order to exercise either defeasance or covenant defeasance, (i) the
Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of
the holders of the Notes cash in United States dollars, U.S. Government
Obligations (as defined in the Indenture), or a combination thereof, in such
amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants or a nationally recognized investment banking
firm, to pay and discharge the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity (or on any date after August 1,
2002 (such date being referred to as the "Defeasance Redemption Date"), if at or
prior to electing either defeasance or covenant defeasance, the Company has
delivered to the Trustee an irrevocable notice to redeem all of the outstanding
Notes on the Defeasance Redemption Date); (ii) in the case of defeasance, the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of independent counsel in
the United States stating that (A) the Company has received from, or there has
been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date
of the Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax
law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of
independent counsel in the United States shall confirm that, the holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income
tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have
been the case if such defeasance had not occurred; (iii) in the case of covenant
defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of
independent counsel in the United States to the effect that the holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal
income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as
would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred; (iv) no
Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default under this
Indenture resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit)
shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or insofar as
clauses (viii) or (ix) under the first paragraph under "-- Events of Default"
are concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the
date of deposit; (v) such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not cause the
Trustee for the Notes to have a conflicting interest as defined in the Indenture
and for purposes of the Trust Indenture Act with
76
<PAGE> 80
respect to any securities of the Company or any Guarantor; (vi) such defeasance
or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a Default under, the Indenture or any other material agreement or
instrument to which the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary is a party or
by which it is bound; (vii) such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not
result in the trust arising from such deposit constituting an investment company
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, unless
such trust shall be registered under such Act or exempt from registration
thereunder; (viii) the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of
independent counsel in the United States to the effect that after the 91st day
following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally; (ix) the Company shall have delivered to the
Trustee an officers' certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the
Company with the intent of preferring the holders of the Notes or any Guarantee
over the other creditors of the Company or any Guarantor with the intent of
defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company, any
Guarantor or others; (x) no event or condition shall exist that would prevent
the Company from making payments of the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on the Notes on the date of such deposit or at any time ending on the
91st day after the date of such deposit; and (xi) the Company will have
delivered to the Trustee an officers' certificate and an opinion of independent
counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to
either the defeasance or the covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been
complied with. (Section 404)
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect
(except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the
Notes as expressly provided for in the Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes
under the Indenture when (a) either (i) all such Notes theretofore authenticated
and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced
or paid or Notes whose payment has been deposited in trust or segregated and
held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged
from such trust as provided for in the Indenture) have been delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation or (ii) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable, (y) will become due
and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or (z) are to be called
for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the applicable
Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and
at the expense, of the Company; and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably
deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust an
amount in United States dollars sufficient to pay and discharge the entire
indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation, including principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest at
such Maturity, Stated Maturity or redemption date; (b) the Company or any
Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under the
Indenture by the Company and any Guarantor; and (c) the Company has delivered to
the Trustee an officers' certificate and an opinion of independent counsel each
stating that (i) all conditions precedent under the Indenture relating to the
satisfaction and discharge of such Indenture have been complied with and (ii)
such satisfaction and discharge will not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under, the Indenture or any other material agreement or
instrument to which the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary is a party or
by which the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary is bound. (Section 1201)
MODIFICATIONS AND AMENDMENTS
Modifications and amendments of the Indenture may be made by the Company,
each Guarantor, if any, and the Trustee with the consent of the holders of at
least a majority of aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;
provided, however, that no such modification or amendment may, without the
consent of the holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby: (i) change the
Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, or
change to an earlier date any redemption date of, or waive a default in the
payment of the principal or interest on any such Note or reduce the principal
amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the
redemption thereof, or change the coin or currency in which the principal of any
such Note or any premium or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right
to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated
Maturity thereof (or, in the case
77
<PAGE> 81
of redemption, on or after the redemption date); (ii) amend, change or modify
the obligation of the Company to make and consummate an Offer with respect to
any Asset Sale or Asset Sales in accordance with "-- Certain
Covenants -- Limitation on Sale of Assets" or the obligation of the Company to
make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of
Control in accordance with "-- Certain Covenants -- Purchase of Notes Upon a
Change of Control," including, in each case, amending, changing or modifying any
definitions relating thereto; (iii) reduce the percentage in principal amount of
such outstanding Notes, the consent of whose holders is required for any such
supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose holders is required for any
waiver or compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture; (iv) modify any
of the provisions relating to supplemental indentures requiring the consent of
holders or relating to the waiver of past defaults or relating to the waiver of
certain covenants, except to increase the percentage of such outstanding Notes
required for such actions or to provide that certain other provisions of the
Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the holder of each
such Note affected thereby; (v) except as otherwise permitted under
"Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets," consent to the assignment or transfer
by the Company or any Guarantor of any of its rights and obligations under the
Indenture; or (vi) amend or modify any of the provisions of the Indenture
relating to the subordination of the Notes or any Guarantee thereof in any
manner adverse to the holders of the Notes or any such Guarantee. (Section 902)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any holders of the
Notes, the Company, any Guarantor, any other obligor under the Notes and the
Trustee may modify or amend the Indenture: (a) to evidence the succession of
another Person to the Company or a Guarantor, and the assumption by any such
successor of the covenants of the Company or such Guarantor in the Indenture and
in the Notes and in any Guarantee in accordance with "-- Consolidation, Merger,
Sale of Assets;" (b) to add to the covenants of the Company, any Guarantor or
any other obligor upon the Notes for the benefit of the holders of the Notes or
to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor or
any other obligor upon the Notes, as applicable, in the Indenture, in the Notes
or in any Guarantee; (c) to cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any
provision in the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee which may be defective or
inconsistent with any other provision in the Indenture, the Notes or any
Guarantee or make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions
arising under the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee; provided that, in each
case, such provisions shall not adversely affect the interest of the holders of
the Notes; (d) to comply with the requirements of the Commission in order to
effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture
Act; (e) to add a Guarantor under the Indenture; (f) to evidence and provide the
acceptance of the appointment of successor Trustee under the Indenture; or (g)
to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in favor of the
Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Notes as additional security for
the payment and performance of the Company's and any Guarantor's obligations
under the Indenture, in any property, or assets, including any of which are
required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a security
interest is required to be granted to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture or
otherwise. (Section 901)
The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
outstanding may waive compliance with certain restrictive covenants and
provisions of the Indenture. (Section 1021)
GOVERNING LAW
The Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees will be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving
effect to the conflicts of law principles thereof.
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
"Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a Person (i) existing at the
time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) assumed in connection
with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case, other than
Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person
becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition, as the case may be.
Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to be incurred on the date of the related
acquisition of assets from any Person or the date the acquired Person becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.
78
<PAGE> 82
"Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person: (i) any other
Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
indirect common control with such specified Person; (ii) any other Person that
owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of such specified Person's Capital
Stock or any officer or director of any such specified Person or other Person
or, with respect to any natural Person, any person having a relationship with
such Person by blood, marriage or adoption not more remote than first cousin; or
(iii) any other Person 5% or more of the Voting Stock of which is beneficially
owned or held directly or indirectly by such specified Person. For the purposes
of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any specified Person
means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly
or indirectly, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or
otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings
correlative to the foregoing.
"Asset Sale" means any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease or other
disposition (including, without limitation, by way of merger, consolidation or
Sale and Leaseback Transaction) (collectively, a "transfer"), directly or
indirectly, in one or a series of related transactions, of: (i) any Capital
Stock of any Subsidiary; (ii) all or substantially all of the properties and
assets of any division or line of business of the Company or its Subsidiaries;
or (iii) any other properties or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary other
than in the ordinary course of business. For the purposes of this definition,
the term "Asset Sale" shall not include any transfer of properties and assets
(a) that is governed by the provisions described under "Consolidation, Merger,
Sale of Assets," (b) that is by the Company to any Guarantor, or by any
Subsidiary to the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, (c) that is of obsolete equipment in
the ordinary course of business or (d) the Fair Market Value of which in the
aggregate does not exceed $3,000,000. For the purposes of this Indenture, with
respect to Asset Sales involving the sale of stores, the term "cash" as used in
clause (i) under "Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Sale of Assets" shall
include interest bearing notes with a maturity of three years or less which are
secured by the store or stores which are the subject of the Asset Sale.
"Average Life to Stated Maturity" means, as of the date of determination
with respect to any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum
of the products of (a) the number of years from the date of determination to the
date or dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such
Indebtedness multiplied by (b) the amount of each such principal payment by (ii)
the sum of all such principal payments.
"Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as
amended, or any similar United States federal or state law relating to
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or
relief of debtors or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law.
"Capital Lease Obligation" of any Person means any obligation of such
Person and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis under any capital lease of
real or personal property which, in accordance with GAAP, has been recorded as a
capitalized lease obligation.
"Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests,
participations or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person's
capital stock or other equity interests whether now outstanding or issued after
the date of the Indenture.
"Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(i) any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)
of the Exchange Act), other than Permitted Holders, is or becomes the
"beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act,
except that a Person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares
that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable
immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more
than 35% of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the Company; provided that the
Permitted Holders beneficially own (as so defined) a lesser percentage of such
Voting Stock than such other "person" or "group"; (ii) during any period of two
consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted
the board of directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose
election to such board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of
the Company was approved by a vote of 66-2/3% of the directors then still in
office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose
election or nomination for election was previously so approved), cease for any
reason to constitute a majority of such
79
<PAGE> 83
board of directors then in office; (iii) the Company consolidates with or merges
with or into any Person or conveys, transfers or leases all or substantially all
of its assets to any Person, or any corporation consolidates with or merges into
or with the Company in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which the
outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is changed into or exchanged for cash,
securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the
outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is not changed or exchanged at all
(except to the extent necessary to reflect a change in the jurisdiction of
incorporation of the Company or where (A) the outstanding Voting Stock of the
Company is changed into or exchanged for (x) Voting Stock of the surviving
corporation which is not Redeemable Capital Stock or (y) cash, securities and
other property (other than Capital Stock of the surviving corporation) in an
amount which could be paid by the Company as a Restricted Payment as described
under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted Payments" (and such
amount shall be treated as a Restricted Payment subject to the provisions in the
Indenture described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted
Payments") and (B) no "person" or "group", other than Permitted Holders, owns
immediately after such transaction, directly or indirectly, more than the
greater of (i) 35% of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the surviving
corporation and (ii) the percentage of the outstanding Voting Stock of the
surviving corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by Permitted Holders
immediately after such transaction; or (iv) the Company is liquidated or
dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation or dissolution other than in a
transaction which complies with the provisions described under
"-- Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets."
"Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to
time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or if at any time after the
execution of the Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the
duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act then the body performing
such duties at such time.
"Commodity Price Protection Agreement" means any forward contract,
commodity swap, commodity option or other similar financial agreement or
arrangement relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon, fluctuations
in commodity prices.
"Common Stock" means the common stock, no par value per share, of the
Company.
"Company" means Marsh Supermarkets, Inc., a corporation incorporated under
the laws of Indiana, until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to
the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter "Company" shall mean
such successor Person.
"Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" of any Person means, for any
period, the ratio of (a) the sum of Consolidated Net Income (Loss), Consolidated
Interest Expense, Consolidated Income Tax Expense and Consolidated Non-cash
Charges deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (Loss) in each case, for
such period, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a Consolidated
basis, all determined in accordance with GAAP to (b) the sum of Consolidated
Interest Expense for such period and cash and non-cash dividends paid on any
Preferred Stock of such Person during such period; provided that (i) in making
such computation, the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to interest on
any Indebtedness computed on a pro forma basis and (A) bearing a floating
interest rate shall be computed as if the rate in effect on the date of
computation had been the applicable rate for the entire period and (B) which was
not outstanding during the period for which the computation is being made but
which bears, at the option of such Person, a fixed or floating rate of interest,
shall be computed by applying at the option of such Person either the fixed or
floating rate and (ii) in making such computation, the Consolidated Interest
Expense of such Person attributable to interest on any Indebtedness under a
revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based
upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable
period.
"Consolidated Income Tax Expense" of any Person means, for any period, the
provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of such Person and
its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined in
accordance with GAAP.
"Consolidated Interest Expense" of any Person means, without duplication,
for any period, the sum of (a) the interest expense of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a Consolidated basis, including,
without limitation, (i) amortization of debt discount, (ii) the net costs
associated with
80
<PAGE> 84
Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Hedging Arrangements and Commodity Price
Protection Agreements (including amortization of discounts), (iii) the interest
portion of any deferred payment obligation and (iv) accrued interest, plus (b)
(i) the interest component of the Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or
scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Subsidiaries during such
period and (ii) all capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries plus (c) the interest expense under any Guaranteed Debt of such
Person and any Subsidiary to the extent not included under clause (a)(iv) above,
plus (d) the aggregate amount for such period of dividends on any Redeemable
Capital Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
in each case as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
"Consolidated Net Income (Loss)" of any Person means, for any period, the
Consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period on a Consolidated basis as determined in accordance with GAAP,
adjusted, to the extent included in calculating such net income (or loss), by
excluding, without duplication, (i) all extraordinary gains or losses, net of
taxes (less all fees and expenses relating thereto), (ii) the portion of net
income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
Consolidated basis allocable to minority interests in unconsolidated Persons to
the extent that cash dividends or distributions have not actually been received
by such Person or one of its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) net
income (or loss) of any Person combined with such Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries on a "pooling of interests" basis attributable to any
period prior to the date of combination, (iv) any gain or loss, net of taxes,
realized upon the termination of any employee pension benefit plan, (v) net
gains (or losses), net of taxes (less all fees and expenses relating thereto),
in respect of dispositions of assets other than in the ordinary course of
business, (vi) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that
the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that
income is not at the time permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the
terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order,
statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted
Subsidiary or its stockholders, (vii) any restoration to income of any
contingency reserve, net of taxes, except to the extent provision for such
reserve was made out of income accrued at any time following the date of the
Indenture, (viii) any gain, net of taxes, arising from the acquisition of any
securities, or the extinguishment, under GAAP, of any Indebtedness of such
Person, (ix) the net loss or gain resulting from any prepayment or redemption
premiums incurred with respect to Indebtedness repaid with the proceeds of the
issuance of the Notes in accordance with the section entitled "Use of Proceeds"
in the Offering Memorandum relating to the sale of the Notes or (x) the net
non-cash compensation expense in connection with the issuance of any employee
stock options.
"Consolidated Net Sales" of any Person means, for any period, the
Consolidated net sales of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as
determined in accordance with GAAP.
"Consolidated Net Worth" of any Person, as of a date, means the
Consolidated stockholders' equity (excluding Redeemable Capital Stock) of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as of such date, as determined in
accordance with GAAP.
"Consolidated Non-cash Charges" of any Person means, for any period, the
aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis for such period, as
determined in accordance with GAAP (excluding any non-cash charge which requires
an accrual or reserve for cash charges for any future period).
"Consolidation" means, with respect to any Person, the consolidation of the
accounts of such Person and each of its subsidiaries if and to the extent the
accounts of such Person and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries would normally
be consolidated with those of such Person, all in accordance with GAAP. The term
"Consolidated" shall have a similar meaning.
"Currency Hedging Arrangements" means one or more of the following
agreements which shall be entered into by one or more financial institutions:
foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements or other similar agreements
or arrangements designed to protect against the fluctuations in currency values.
81
<PAGE> 85
"Default" means any event which is, or after notice or passage of any time
or both would be, an Event of Default.
"Disinterested Director" means, with respect to any transaction or series
of related transactions, a member of the board of directors of the Company who
does not have any material direct or indirect financial interest in or with
respect to such transaction or series of related transactions.
"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or
any successor statute.
"Fair Market Value" means, with respect to any asset or property, the sale
value that would be obtained in an arm's-length transaction between an informed
and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer
under no compulsion to buy.
"Gasoline Joint Venture" means any joint venture to which the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary is a party with a gasoline supplier in connection with
the construction, acquisition, renovation and operation of convenience stores or
car washes which are not owned or operated by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary as of the date of the Indenture.
"Generally Accepted Accounting Principles" or "GAAP" means generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied, which
are in effect on the date of the Indenture.
"Guarantee" means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Company's Indenture
Obligations pursuant to a guarantee given in accordance with the Indenture.
"Guaranteed Debt" of any Person means, without duplication, all
Indebtedness of any other Person referred to in the definition of Indebtedness
below guaranteed directly or indirectly in any manner by such Person, or in
effect guaranteed directly or indirectly by such Person through an agreement (i)
to pay or purchase such Indebtedness or to advance or supply funds for the
payment or purchase of such Indebtedness, (ii) to purchase, sell or lease (as
lessee or lessor) property, or to purchase or sell services, primarily for the
purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of such Indebtedness or to assure
the holder of such Indebtedness against loss, (iii) to supply funds to, or in
any other manner invest in, the debtor (including any agreement to pay for
property or services without requiring that such property be received or such
services be rendered), (iv) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the
debtor, or otherwise to maintain the net worth, solvency or other financial
condition of the debtor or (v) otherwise to assure a creditor against loss;
provided that the term "guarantee" shall not include endorsements for collection
or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business.
"Guarantor" means the Subsidiaries listed as guarantors in the Indenture
and any other Subsidiary which is a guarantor of the Notes, including any Person
that is required after the date of the Indenture to execute a guarantee of the
Notes pursuant to the "Limitations on Liens" covenant or the "Limitation on
Issuance of Guarantees of Indebtedness" covenant until a successor replaces such
party pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture and, thereafter,
shall mean such successor; provided, that for purposes hereof the term
"Guarantor" shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary unless specifically
provided otherwise.
"Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, (i)
all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase
price of property or services, excluding any trade payables and other accrued
current liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, but including,
without limitation, all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in
connection with any letters of credit issued under letter of credit facilities,
acceptance facilities or other similar facilities outstanding, (ii) all
obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or other
similar instruments, (iii) all indebtedness created or arising under any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property
acquired by such Person (even if the rights and remedies of the seller or lender
under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale
of such property), but excluding trade payables arising in the ordinary course
of business, (iv) all obligations under Interest Rate Agreements, Currency
Hedging Agreements or Commodity Price Protection Agreements of such Person, (v)
all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (vi) all Indebtedness referred to
in clauses (i) through (v) above of other Persons and all dividends of other
Persons, the payment of which is secured by (or for which the holder of such
Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by)
any Lien, upon or with respect
82
<PAGE> 86
to property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned
by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the
payment of such Indebtedness, (vii) all Guaranteed Debt of such Person, (viii)
all Redeemable Capital Stock issued by such Person valued at the greater of its
voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued and unpaid
dividends, and (ix) any amendment, supplement, modification, deferral, renewal,
extension, refunding or refinancing of any liability of the types referred to in
clauses (i) through (viii) above. For purposes hereof, the "maximum fixed
repurchase price" of any Redeemable Capital Stock which does not have a fixed
repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such
Redeemable Capital Stock as if such Redeemable Capital Stock were purchased on
any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to
the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the Fair Market
Value of such Redeemable Capital Stock, such Fair Market Value to be determined
in good faith by the board of directors of the issuer of such Redeemable Capital
Stock.
"Indenture Obligations" means the obligations of the Company and any other
obligor under the Indenture or under the Notes including any Guarantor, to pay
principal of, premium, if any, and interest when due and payable, and all other
amounts due or to become due under or in connection with the Indenture, the
Notes and the performance of all other obligations to the Trustee and the
holders under the Indenture and the Notes, according to the respective terms
thereof.
"Interest Rate Agreements" means one or more of the following agreements
which shall be entered into by one or more financial institutions: interest rate
protection agreements (including, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps,
floors, collars and similar agreements) and/or other types of interest rate
hedging agreements from time to time.
"Investment" means, with respect to any Person, directly or indirectly, any
advance, loan (including guarantees), or other extension of credit or capital
contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or
any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any
purchase, acquisition or ownership by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds,
notes, debentures or other securities issued or owned by any other Person and
all other items that would be classified as investments on a balance sheet
prepared in accordance with GAAP.
"Lien" means any mortgage or deed of trust, charge, pledge, lien (statutory
or otherwise), privilege, security interest, assignment, deposit, arrangement,
easement, hypothecation, claim, preference, priority or other encumbrance upon
or with respect to any property of any kind (including any conditional sale,
capital lease or other title retention agreement, any leases in the nature
thereof, and any agreement to give any security interest), real or personal,
movable or immovable, now owned or hereafter acquired.
"Maturity" means, when used with respect to the Notes, the date on which
the principal of the Notes becomes due and payable as therein provided or as
provided in the Indenture, whether at Stated Maturity, the Offer Date or the
redemption date and whether by declaration of acceleration, Offer in respect of
Excess Proceeds, Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of Control, call
for redemption or otherwise.
"Net Cash Proceeds" means (a) with respect to any Asset Sale by any Person,
the proceeds thereof (without duplication in respect of all Asset Sales) in the
form of cash or Temporary Cash Investments including payments in respect of
deferred payment obligations when received in the form of, or stock or other
assets when disposed of for, cash or Temporary Cash Investments (except to the
extent that such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary) net of (i) brokerage commissions and other
reasonable fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel and
investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale, (ii) provisions for all taxes
payable as a result of such Asset Sale, (iii) payments made to retire
Indebtedness where payment of such Indebtedness is secured by the assets or
properties the subject of such Asset Sale, (iv) amounts required to be paid to
any Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) owning a
beneficial interest in the assets subject to the Asset Sale and (v) appropriate
amounts to be provided by the Company or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, as
a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such
Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other
post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental
matters and liabilities under
83
<PAGE> 87
any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as
reflected in an officers' certificate delivered to the Trustee and (b) with
respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or options, warrants or rights
to purchase Capital Stock, or debt securities or Capital Stock that have been
converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock as referred to under "-- Certain
Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted Payments," the proceeds of such issuance
or sale in the form of cash or Temporary Cash Investments including payments in
respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of, or stock
or other assets when disposed of for, cash or Temporary Cash Investments (except
to the extent that such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), net of attorney's fees, accountant's fees
and brokerage, consultation, underwriting and other fees and expenses actually
incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or
payable as a result thereof.
"Pari Passu Indebtedness" means (a) any Indebtedness of the Company which
ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Notes and (b) with respect to any
Guarantor, Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to such
Guarantor.
"Permitted Holders" means (i) Garnet Marsh, Don E. Marsh, C. Alan Marsh,
William L. Marsh or any of their spouses, issues or other member of the
immediate family of such persons (collectively, the "Marsh Family"), (ii) trusts
created for the benefit of any member of the Marsh Family, (iii) entities
controlled by any of the Marsh Family and (iv) in the event of the death of any
members of the Marsh family, the heirs or testamentary legatees of such member
of the Marsh Family.
"Permitted Investment" means (i) Investments in any Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary or any Person which, as a result of such Investment, (a) becomes a
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or (b) is merged or consolidated with or
into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is
liquidated into, the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; (ii)
Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary described under clauses
(iv), (v), (vi) and (vii) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness"; (iii)
Temporary Cash Investments; (iv) Investments in any of the Notes; (v)
Investments acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection
with an Asset Sale permitted under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Sale
of Assets" to the extent such Investments are non-cash proceeds as permitted
under such covenant; (vi) Investments in existence on the date of the Indenture;
(vii) guarantees of Indebtedness of a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary given
by the Company or another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary and guarantees of
Indebtedness of the Company given by any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture; (viii) loans to (a) executive
officers of the Company in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $1.0
million in the aggregate, (b) employees (other than executive officers) of the
Company in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $1.0 million in the
aggregate and (c) employees (including executive officers) of the Company in
respect of loans to employees to enable such employees to pay the exercise price
for options on the Company's common stock, which loans are secured by such
common stock, not to exceed $3.0 million in the aggregate; (ix) Investments in
prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility
and worker's compensation, performance and other similar deposits; (x)
Investments represented by accounts receivable created or acquired in the
ordinary course of business; (xi) loans or advances to vendors in the ordinary
course of business in an amount not to exceed $1.0 million at any one time;
(xii) Investments in Gasoline Joint Ventures, provided that after giving effect
to any such Investment on a pro forma basis the Company could incur $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) under the provisions
of "Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness"; and (xiii) any other
Investments in the aggregate amount of $5.0 million at any one time outstanding.
"Person" means any individual, corporation, limited liability company,
partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.
"Preferred Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of
any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment
of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any
voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over the
Capital Stock of any other class in such Person.
84
<PAGE> 88
"Purchase Money Obligation" means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on
assets related to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
and any additions and accessions thereto, which are purchased by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary at any time after the Notes are issued; provided that
(i) the security agreement or conditional sales or other title retention
contract pursuant to which the Lien on such assets is created (collectively a
"Purchase Money Security Agreement") shall be entered into within 180 days after
the purchase or substantial completion of the construction of such assets and
shall at all times be confined solely to the assets so purchased or acquired,
any additions and accessions thereto and any proceeds therefrom except that, in
the case of land upon which a supermarket, convenience store or banquet facility
is constructed, such Purchase Money Security Agreement may be entered into
within two years after the purchase of such land if the Purchase Money Security
Agreement is entered into within 180 days after the substantial completion of
such supermarket, convenience store or banquet facility, (ii) at no time shall
the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Indebtedness secured thereby
be increased, except in connection with the purchase of additions and accession
thereto and except in respect of fees and other obligations in respect of such
Indebtedness and (iii) (A) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of
Indebtedness secured thereby (determined on a per asset basis in the case of any
additions and accessions) shall not at the time such Purchase Money Security
Agreement is entered into exceed 100% of the purchase price to the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries of the assets subject thereto or (B) the
Indebtedness secured thereby shall be with recourse solely to the assets so
purchased or acquired, any additions and accessions thereto and any proceeds
therefrom.
"Qualified Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all Capital Stock of
such Person other than Redeemable Capital Stock.
"Redeemable Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock that, either by its
terms or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or
exchangeable or otherwise, is or upon the happening of an event or passage of
time would be, required to be redeemed prior to any Stated Maturity of the
principal of the Notes or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof at
any time prior to any such Stated Maturity, or is convertible into or
exchangeable for debt securities at any time prior to any such Stated Maturity
at the option of the holder thereof.
"Restricted Subsidiary" means any Person, a majority of the equity
ownership or the Voting Stock of which is at the time owned, directly or
indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries, or
by the Company and one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any
Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a Restricted Subsidiary under the
Notes.
"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any
successor statute.
"Significant Restricted Subsidiary" means, at any particular time, any
Restricted Subsidiary that, together with the Subsidiaries of such Restricted
Subsidiary (i) for the most recent fiscal year of the Company accounted for more
than 10% of the Consolidated revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries or
(ii) at the end of such fiscal year, was the owner (beneficial or otherwise) of
more than 10% of the Consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, all as calculated in accordance with GAAP and shown on the
Consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries.
"Stated Maturity" means, when used with respect to any Indebtedness or any
installment of interest thereon, the dates specified in such Indebtedness as the
fixed date on which the principal of such Indebtedness or such installment of
interest, as the case may be, is due and payable.
"Subordinated Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company or a
Guarantor subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such
Guarantor, as the case may be.
"Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary.
"Temporary Cash Investments" means (i) any evidence of Indebtedness,
maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by the
United States of America, or an instrumentality or agency thereof, and
guaranteed fully as to principal, premium, if any, and interest by the United
States of America, or any money market mutual fund registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, the principal of which is invested solely in
such Indebtedness, (ii) any certificate of deposit, maturing not more than one
year after the date of acquisition, issued by, or time deposit of, a commercial
banking institution that is a member of the
85
<PAGE> 89
Federal Reserve System and that has combined capital and surplus and undivided
profits of not less than $500 million, whose debt has a rating, at the time as
of which any investment therein is made, of "P-1" (or higher) according to
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") or any successor rating agency or
"A-1" (or higher) according to Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P") or any
successor rating agency, (iii) commercial paper, maturing not more than one year
after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate
or Subsidiary of the Company) organized and existing under the laws of the
United States of America with a rating, at the time as of which any investment
therein is made, of "P-1" (or higher) according to Moody's or "A-1" (or higher)
according to S&P and (iv) any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by
a domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500 million;
provided that the short term debt of such commercial bank has a rating, at the
time of Investment, of "P-1" (or higher) according to Moody's or "A-1" (or
higher) according to S&P.
"Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, or
any successor statute.
"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that at
the time of determination shall be an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by
the Board of Directors of the Company, as provided below) and (ii) any
Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company
may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or
newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if all of the
following conditions apply: (a) neither the Company nor any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries provides credit support for Indebtedness of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument evidencing such
Indebtedness), (b) such Unrestricted Subsidiary is not liable, directly or
indirectly, with respect to any Indebtedness other than Unrestricted Subsidiary
Indebtedness, provided that an Unrestricted Subsidiary may provide a Guarantee
for the Notes, (c) any Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary made as a
result of designating such Subsidiary an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not
violate the provisions of the "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on
Unrestricted Subsidiaries" covenant and such Unrestricted Subsidiary is not
party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding at such time with
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any
such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at
the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company or, in the event
such condition is not satisfied, the value of such agreement, contract,
arrangement or understanding to such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed a
Restricted Payment; and (d) such Unrestricted Subsidiary does not own any
Capital Stock in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which is not
simultaneously being designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Any such designation
by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by
filing with the Trustee a board resolution giving effect to such designation and
an officers' certificate certifying that such designation complies with the
foregoing conditions and shall be deemed a Restricted Payment on the date of
designation in an amount equal to the greater of (1) the net book value of such
Investment or (2) the fair market value of such Investment as determined in good
faith by the Company's Board of Directors. The Board of Directors of the Company
may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided
that (i) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Company could
incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness)
pursuant to the restrictions under the "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on
Indebtedness" covenant and (ii) all Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary
shall be deemed to be incurred on the date such Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes
a Restricted Subsidiary.
"Unrestricted Subsidiary Indebtedness" of any Unrestricted Subsidiary means
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary (i) as to which neither the Company
nor any Restricted Subsidiary is directly or indirectly liable (by virtue of the
Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary being the primary obligor on,
guarantor of, or otherwise liable in any respect to, such Indebtedness), except
Guaranteed Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Affiliate, in
which case (unless the incurrence of such Guaranteed Debt resulted in a
Restricted Payment at the time of incurrence) the Company shall be deemed to
have made a Restricted Payment equal to the principal amount of any such
Indebtedness to the extent guaranteed at the time such Affiliate is designated
an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) which, upon the occurrence of a default with
respect thereto, does not result in, or permit any holder of any Indebtedness of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare, a default on such
Indebtedness of the Company or any
86
<PAGE> 90
Subsidiary or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to
its Stated Maturity; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing any
Unrestricted Subsidiary may Guarantee the Notes.
"Voting Stock" means Capital Stock of the class or classes pursuant to
which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary
circumstances to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers
or trustees of a corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time Capital
Stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by
reason of the happening of any contingency).
"Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary all the
Capital Stock of which is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary.
BOOK-ENTRY DELIVERY AND FORM
The certificates representing the Exchange Notes will be issued in fully
registered form. Except as described in the next paragraph, the Exchange Notes
initially will be represented by a single, permanent global Exchange Note, in
definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons (the "Global Exchange
Note") and will be deposited with the Trustee as custodian for DTC and
registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such other nominee as DTC may designate.
The Global Exchange Note (and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor)
will be subject to certain restrictions on transfer set forth therein and in the
Indenture and will bear the respective legends regarding such restrictions.
Holders of Exchange Notes who elect to take physical delivery of their
certificates instead of holding their interest through the Global Exchange Note
(collectively referred to herein as the "Non-Global Holders") will be issued in
registered form a certificated Exchange Note ("Certificated Exchange Note").
Upon the transfer of any Certificated Exchange Note initially issued to a
Non-Global Holder, such Certificated Exchange Note will, unless the transferee
requests otherwise or the Global Exchange Note has previously been exchanged in
whole for Certificated Exchange Notes, be exchanged for an interest in the
Global Exchange Note.
DTC has advised the Company as follows: DTC is a limited purpose trust
company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a "banking
organization" within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the
Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the
Uniform Commercial Code and a "Clearing Agency" registered pursuant to the
provision of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities
for its participants and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities
transactions between participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement
of certificates. Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks,
trust companies and clearing corporations and certain other organizations.
Indirect access to the DTC system is available to others such as banks, brokers,
dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly ("indirect
participants").
Upon the issuance of the Global Exchange Note, DTC or its custodian will
credit, on its internal system, the respective principal amount of the
individual beneficial interests represented by such Global Exchange Note to the
accounts of persons who have accounts with DTC. Ownership of beneficial
interests in the Global Exchange Note will be limited to persons who have
accounts with DTC ("participants") or persons who hold interests through
participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Exchange Note will
be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership will be effected only through,
records maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect to interests of
participants) and the records of participants (with respect to interests of
persons other than participants). QIBs may hold their interests in the Global
Exchange Note directly through DTC if they are participants in such system, or
indirectly through organizations which are participants in such system.
So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner or holder of the
Global Exchange Note, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be
considered the sole record owner or holder of the Exchange Notes represented by
such Global Exchange Note for all purposes under the Indenture and the Exchange
Notes. No beneficial owners of an interest in the Global Exchange Note will be
able to transfer that interest except in accordance with DTC's applicable
procedures in addition to those provided for under the Indenture.
87
<PAGE> 91
Payments of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Global
Exchange Note will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the
registered owner thereof. Neither the Company, the Trustee, nor any paying agent
will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating
to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global
Exchange Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating
to such beneficial ownership interests.
The Company expects that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of
principal of, premium, if any, or interest in respect of the Global Exchange
Note will credit participants' accounts with payments in amounts proportionate
to their respective beneficial ownership interests in the principal amount of
such Global Exchange Note, as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. The
Company also expects that payments by participants to owners of beneficial
interests in such Global Exchange Note held through such participants will be
governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case
with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of
nominees for such customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such
participants.
Transfer between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way
in accordance with DTC rules. If a Holder requires physical delivery of
Certificated Exchange Notes for any reason, including to sell Notes to persons
in states which require such delivery of such Notes or to pledge such Notes,
such holder must transfer its interest in the Global Exchange Note, in
accordance with the normal procedures of DTC and the procedures set forth in the
Indenture.
DTC has advised the Company that DTC will take any action permitted to be
taken by a holder of Exchange Notes (including the presentation of Exchange
Notes for exchange as described below) only at the direction of one or more
participants to whose account the DTC interests in the Global Exchange Note are
credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount
of Exchange Notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given
such direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the Indenture,
DTC will exchange the Global Exchange Note for Certificated Exchange Notes,
which it will distribute to its participants.
Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate
transfers of interests in the Global Exchange Note among participants of DTC, it
is under no obligation to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be
discontinued at any time. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will have any
responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect
participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures
governing their operations.
Subject to certain conditions, any person having a beneficial interest in
the Global Exchange Note may, upon request to the Trustee, exchange such
beneficial interest for Exchange Notes in the form of Certificated Exchange
Notes. Upon any such issuance, the Trustee is required to register such
Certificated Exchange Notes in the name of, and cause the same to be delivered
to, such person or persons (or the nominee of any thereof). In addition, if DTC
is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary for the Global
Exchange Note and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within
90 days, the Company will issue Certificated Exchange Notes in exchange for the
Global Exchange Note.
88
<PAGE> 92
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES
The following is a summary of the material United States federal income tax
consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the 144A Notes or
the Exchange Notes by a United States Holder (as defined below). This summary
deals only with United States Holders that will hold the 144A Notes or the
Exchange Notes as capital assets. The discussion does not cover all aspects of
federal taxation that may be relevant to, or the actual tax effect that any of
the matters described herein will have on, the acquisition, ownership or
disposition of the 144A Notes or the Exchange Notes by particular investors, and
does not address state, local, foreign or other tax laws. In particular, this
summary does not discuss all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to
certain types of investors subject to special treatment under the federal income
tax laws (such as banks, insurance companies, investors liable for the
alternative minimum tax, individual retirement accounts and other tax-deferred
accounts, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies,
investors that will hold the 144A Notes or the Exchange Notes as part of
straddles, hedging transactions or conversion transactions for federal tax
purposes or investors whose functional currency is not United States Dollars).
Furthermore, the discussion below is based on provisions of the Code, and
regulations, rulings, and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof,
and such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified so as to result in
U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.
PERSONS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP, OR DISPOSITION OF EXCHANGE NOTES
SHOULD CONSULT HIS, HER OR ITS OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE US. FEDERAL
INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY
CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR INTERNATIONAL TAXING
JURISDICTION.
As used herein, the term "United States Holder" means a beneficial owner of
the 144A Notes or the Exchange Notes that is (i) a citizen or resident of the
United States for United States federal income tax purposes, (ii) a corporation
created or organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof,
(iii) a person or entity that is otherwise subject to United States federal
income tax on a net income basis in respect of income derived from the 144A
Notes or the Exchange Notes, or (iv) a partnership to the extent the interest
therein is owned by a person who is described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of
this paragraph.
INTEREST
Interest (including any additional interest paid because of failure to
satisfy the requirements of the Registration Rights Agreement ("Additional
Interest")) paid on a 144A Note or an Exchange Note will be taxable to a United
States Holder as ordinary income at the time it is received or accrued,
depending on the holder's method of accounting for tax purposes. Although the
144A Notes were issued at a price that is less than their stated principal
amount, the discount was less than 0.25% of the stated redemption price at
maturity multipled by the number of whole years to maturity. Therefore, for
federal income tax purposes the amount of original issue discount on the 144A
Notes that is attributable to the difference between their purchase price and
their stated redemption price is considered to be de minimis and is treated as
zero.
PURCHASE, SALE, EXCHANGE, RETIREMENT AND REDEMPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES
In general (with certain exceptions described below), a United States
Holder's tax basis in an Exchange Note will equal the price paid for the 144A
Notes for which such Exchange Note was exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
A United States Holder generally will recognize gain or loss on the sale,
exchange, retirement, redemption or other disposition of a 144A Note or an
Exchange Note (or portion thereof) equal to the difference between the amount
realized on such disposition and the United States Holder's tax basis in the
144A Note or the Exchange Note (or portion thereof). Except to the extent
attributable to accrued but unpaid interest, gain or loss recognized on such
disposition of a 144A Note or an Exchange Note will be capital gain or loss and
will be mid-term capital gain or loss if such 144A Note or Exchange Note were
held for more than one year but not more than 18 months and will be long-term
capital gain or loss if such 144A Note or Exchange Note was held for more than
18 months. Any such gain will generally be United States source gain.
89
<PAGE> 93
BOND PREMIUM
If a United States Holder acquires an Exchange Note or has acquired a 144A
Note, in each case, for an amount more than its redemption price, the Holder may
elect to amortize such bond premium on a yield to maturity basis. Once made,
such an election applies to all bonds (other than bonds the interest on which is
excludable from gross income) held by the United States Holder at the beginning
of the first taxable year to which the election applies or thereafter acquired
by the United States Holder, unless the IRS consents to a revocation of the
election. The basis of an Exchange Note will be reduced by any amortizable bond
premium taken as a deduction.
MARKET DISCOUNT
The purchase of an Exchange Note or the purchase of a 144A Note other than
at original issue may be affected by the market discount provisions of the Code.
These rules generally provide that, subject to a statutorily defined de minimis
exception, if a United States Holder purchases an Exchange Note (or purchased a
144A Note) at a "market discount," as defined below, and thereafter recognizes
gain upon a disposition of the Exchange Note (including dispositions by gift or
redemption), the lesser of such gain (or appreciation, in the case of a gift) or
the portion of the market discount that has accrued ("accrued market discount")
while the Exchange Note (and its predecessor 144A Note, if any) was held by such
United States Holder will be treated as ordinary interest income at the time of
disposition rather than as capital gain. For an Exchange Note or a 144A Note,
"market discount" is the excess of the stated redemption price at maturity over
the tax basis immediately after its acquisition by a United States Holder.
Market discount generally will accrue ratably during the period from the date of
acquisition to the maturity date of the Exchange Note, unless the United States
Holder elects to accrue such discount on the basis of the constant yield method.
Such an election applies only to the Exchange Note with respect to which it is
made and is irrevocable.
In lieu of including the accrued market discount in income at the time of
disposition, a United States Holder of an Exchange Note acquired at a market
discount (or acquired in exchange for a 144A Note acquired at a market discount)
may elect to include the accrued market discount in income currently either
ratably or using the constant yield method. Once made, such an election applies
to all other obligations that the United States Holder purchases at a market
discount during the taxable year for which the election is made and in all
subsequent taxable years of the United States Holder, unless the IRS consents to
a revocation of the election. If an election is made to include accrued market
discount in income currently, the basis of an Exchange Note (or, where
applicable, a predecessor 144A Note) in the hands of the United States Holder
will be increased by the accrued market discount thereon as it is includible in
income. A United States Holder of a market discount Exchange Note who does not
elect to include market discount in income currently generally will be required
to defer deductions for interest on borrowings allocable to such Exchange Note,
if any, in an amount not exceeding the accrued market discount on such Exchange
Note until the maturity or disposition of such Exchange Note.
BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING
Payments of interest (including any Additional Interest) and principal on,
and the proceeds of sale or other disposition of the 144A Notes or the Exchange
Notes payable to a United States Holder may be subject to information reporting
requirements and backup withholding at a rate of 31% will apply to such payments
if the United States Holder fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification
number or to report all interest and dividends required to be shown on its
federal income tax returns. Certain United States Holders (including, among
others, corporations) are not subject to backup withholding. United States
Holders should consult their tax advisors as to their qualification for
exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining such an
exemption.
90
<PAGE> 94
EXCHANGE OFFER; REGISTRATION RIGHTS
The Issuers entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with the Initial
Purchasers pursuant to which the Issuers agreed, for the benefit of the holders
of the 144A Notes, at the Issuers' cost, to use their best efforts (i) to file
with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to
the Exchange Offer for the Exchange Notes within 30 days after the date of
original issue of the Notes, (ii) to cause the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act within 90 days of
the date of original issue of the Notes, (iii) to keep the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement effective until the closing of the Exchange Offer, and
(iv) to cause the Exchange Offer to be consummated within 120 days of the
original issue date of the Notes. Promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement has been declared effective, the Issuers will offer the Exchange Notes
in exchange for surrender of the 144A Notes. The Issuers will keep the Exchange
Offer open for not less than 30 days (or longer if required by applicable law)
after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the holders of the 144A
Notes. For each 144A Note validly tendered to the Issuers pursuant to the
Exchange Offer and not withdrawn by the holder thereof, the holder of such 144A
Note will receive an Exchange Note having a principal amount equal to that of
the tendered 144A Note. Interest on each Exchange Note will accrue from the last
interest payment date on which interest was paid on the tendered 144A Note in
exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on such 144A Note, from the
date of the original issue of the 144A Note.
Based on an interpretation of the Securities Act by the staff of the
Commission set forth in several no-action letters to third parties, and subject
to the immediately following sentence, the Issuers believe that the Exchange
Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold
and otherwise transferred by holders thereof without further compliance with the
registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act. However,
any purchaser of 144A Notes who is an "affiliate" of the Issuers or who is
engaged in or intends to engage in a distribution of the Exchange Notes (i) will
not be able to rely on the interpretation by the staff of the Commission set
forth in the above referenced no-action letters, (ii) will not be able to tender
144A Notes in the Exchange Offer and (iii) must comply with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any
sale or transfer of the Notes, unless such sale or transfer is made pursuant to
an exemption from such requirements.
Each holder of the 144A Notes who wishes to exchange 144A Notes for
Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer will be required to make certain
representations, including that (i) it is neither an affiliate of the Issuers
nor a broker-dealer tendering 144A Notes acquired directly from the Issuers for
their own account, (ii) any Exchange Notes to be received by it were acquired in
the ordinary course of its business and (iii) at the time of commencement of the
Exchange Offer, it has no arrangement with any person to participate in the
distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes.
In addition, in connection with any resales of the Exchange Notes, any
broker-dealer (a "Participating Broker-Dealer") who acquired the 144A Notes for
its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities
Act. The Commission has taken the position that Participating Broker-Dealers may
fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the Exchange
Notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of the
144A Notes) with the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers are required to
allow Participating Broker-Dealers and other persons, if any, subject to similar
prospectus delivery requirements to use the prospectus contained in the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement in connection with the resale of such Exchange
Notes.
In the event that any changes in law or the applicable interpretations of
the staff of the Commission do not permit the Issuers to effect the Exchange
Offer, or if for any other reason the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is
not declared effective within 90 days of the date of original issue of the 144A
Notes or the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 120 days of the date of
original issue of the 144A Notes, or upon the request of any of the Initial
Purchasers, or if a holder of the 144A Notes is not permitted by applicable law
to participate in the Exchange Offer or elects to participate in the Exchange
Offer but does not receive fully tradable Exchange Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer, the Issuers will, in lieu of effecting the registration of the
Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and at the
Issuers' cost, (a) as promptly as practicable, file with the Commission the
Shelf Registration Statement covering resales of the
91
<PAGE> 95
144A Notes, (b) use their best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement
to be declared effective under the Securities Act by the 120th day after the
original issue of the 144A Notes and (c) use their best efforts to keep
effective the Shelf Registration Statement for a period of two years after its
effective date (or for such shorter period that will terminate when all of the
144A Notes covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant
thereto or cease to be outstanding). The Issuers will, in the event of the
filing of a Shelf Registration Statement, provide to each such holder of the
144A Notes copies of the prospectus which is part of the Shelf Registration
Statement, notify each such holder when the Shelf Registration Statement for the
144A Notes has become effective and take certain other actions as are required
to permit it unrestricted resales of the 144A Notes. A holder of 144A Notes who
sells such 144A Notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement generally
will be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related
prospectus and to deliver the prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to
certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection
with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement which are applicable to such a holder (including certain
indemnification obligations).
In the event that (i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not
filed with the Commission on or prior to the 30th calendar day following the
date of original issue of the 144A Notes, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the 90th calendar day
following the date of original issue of the 144A Notes or (iii) the Exchange
Offer is not consummated or a Shelf Registration Statement is not declared
effective, in either case, on or prior to the 120th day following the date of
original issue of the 144A Notes (each such event referred to in clauses (a)
through (c) above, a "Registration Default"), the interest rate borne by the
144A Notes shall be increased by one-quarter of one percent per annum upon the
occurrence of each Registration Default, which rate (as increased as aforesaid)
will increase by one quarter of one percent each 90-day period that such
additional interest continues to accrue under any such circumstance, with an
aggregate maximum increase in the interest rate equal to one percent (1%) per
annum. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults the accrual of additional
interest will cease and the interest rate will revert to the original rate.
The summary herein of certain provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement
of which this Prospectus forms a part, and is incorporated herein by reference.
92
<PAGE> 96
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each Participating Broker-Dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own
account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This
Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a Participating Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes
received in exchange for 144A Notes where such 144A Notes were acquired as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has
agreed that it will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available
to any Participating Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale
and Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver this Prospectus
in connection with the sale or transfer of the Exchange Notes. In addition,
until January 29, 1998 (90 days after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers
effecting transactions in the Exchange Notes may be required to deliver a
prospectus.
The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sales of the Exchange
Notes by Participating Broker-Dealers. Exchange Notes received by Participating
Broker-Dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold
from time to time, in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market,
in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes
or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the
time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at
negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or
through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of
commissions or concessions from any such Participating Broker-Dealer that
resells the Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant
to the Exchange Offer. Any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution
of such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning
of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Notes and
any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be
underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal
states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a
prospectus, a Participating Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is
an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
The Company will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any
amendment or supplement of this Prospectus to any Participating Broker-Dealer
that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. See "The Exchange
Offer."
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Company by Bass, Berry &
Sims PLC, 2700 First American Center, Nashville, Tennessee 37238. Bass, Berry &
Sims PLC will rely as to all matters of Indiana law and the general partnership
law of the State of Ohio upon the opinion of P. Lawrence Butt, Senior Vice
President, Counsel and Secretary of the Company.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of Marsh Supermarkets, Inc. and
subsidiaries at March 29, 1997 and March 30, 1996, and for each of the three
years in the period ended March 29, 1997, appearing in this Prospectus and
Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent
auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and
are included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm
as experts in accounting and auditing.
93
<PAGE> 97
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED AND UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
Report of Independent Auditors.............................. F-2
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Three Years Ended
March 29, 1997............................................ F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 30, 1996 and March
29, 1997.................................................. F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
for the Three Years Ended March 29, 1997.................. F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Years
Ended March 29, 1997...................................... F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................. F-7
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income for the Twelve
Weeks Ended June 21, 1997 and June 22, 1996............... F-21
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 21, 1997,
March 29, 1997 and June 22, 1996.......................... F-22
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the
Twelve Weeks Ended June 21, 1997 and June 22, 1996........ F-23
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements........ F-24
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE> 98
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Marsh Supermarkets, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Marsh
Supermarkets, Inc. and subsidiaries as of March 29, 1997 and March 30, 1996, and
the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 29, 1997.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Marsh
Supermarkets, Inc. and subsidiaries at March 29, 1997 and March 30, 1996, and
the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended March 29, 1997, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Indianapolis, Indiana
May 15, 1997
F-2
<PAGE> 99
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
------------------------------------
MARCH 29, MARCH 30, APRIL 1,
1997 1996 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Sales and other revenues................................... $1,451,730 $1,390,543 $1,303,261
Cost of merchandise sold, including warehousing and
transportation........................................... 1,096,586 1,047,193 990,037
---------- ---------- ----------
Gross profit............................................... 355,144 343,350 313,224
Selling, general and administrative........................ 318,634 297,022 268,666
Depreciation and amortization.............................. 23,729 18,957 18,476
---------- ---------- ----------
Operating profit........................................... 12,781 27,371 26,082
Interest and debt expense amortization -- Note C........... 13,030 13,087 13,292
---------- ---------- ----------
Income (loss) before income taxes.......................... (249) 14,284 12,790
Income taxes (credit) -- Note G............................ (5) 5,251 4,217
---------- ---------- ----------
Net Income (Loss)................................ $ (244) $ 9,033 $ 8,573
========== ========== ==========
Earnings (Loss) Per Share:
Primary.................................................. $ (.03) $ 1.07 $ 1.02
========== ========== ==========
Fully diluted............................................ $ (.03) $ 1.02 .98
========== ========== ==========
Dividends Per Share........................................ $ .44 $ .44 $ .44
========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-3
<PAGE> 100
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 29, MARCH 30,
1997 1996
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets
Cash and equivalents...................................... $ 12,529 $ 12,822
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $848 in 1997, and
$970 in 1996............................................ 25,634 23,790
Inventories -- Note B..................................... 88,262 89,746
Prepaid expenses.......................................... 5,362 4,764
Recoverable income taxes.................................. 941 361
Deferred income taxes -- Note G........................... 650 1,510
-------- --------
Total Current Assets............................... 133,378 132,993
Property and Equipment -- Note C
Land...................................................... 48,565 44,311
Buildings................................................. 144,201 134,107
Fixtures and equipment.................................... 103,220 100,469
Leasehold improvements.................................... 47,910 46,670
Construction in progress.................................. 2,430 5,912
Property under capital leases............................. 9,214 13,014
-------- --------
355,540 344,483
Allowances for depreciation and amortization.............. 122,859 114,552
-------- --------
Total Property and Equipment....................... 232,681 229,931
Other assets................................................ 29,572 24,370
-------- --------
$395,631 $387,294
======== ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities
Notes payable to banks.................................... $ 10,755 $ 15,000
Accounts payable.......................................... 54,132 54,629
Employee compensation and other liabilities............... 11,957 10,329
State and local taxes..................................... 10,786 10,579
Other accounts payable and accrued expenses............... 18,474 15,923
Dividends payable......................................... 923 924
Current maturities of long-term liabilities............... 7,097 7,022
-------- --------
Total Current Liabilities.......................... 114,124 114,406
Long-term Liabilities
Long-term debt -- Note C.................................. 141,264 129,854
Capital lease obligations -- Note D....................... 4,165 5,212
-------- --------
Total Long-Term Liabilities........................ 145,429 135,066
Deferred Items
Income taxes -- Note G.................................... 7,865 9,700
Other..................................................... 12,765 9,964
-------- --------
Total Deferred Items............................... 20,630 19,664
Shareholders' Equity -- Notes C and H
Series A Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock:
Authorized: 5,000,000 shares; Issued: None
Class A Common Stock, no par value: Authorized: 15,000,000
shares; Issued: 4,695,253............................... 8,552 8,552
Class B Common Stock, no par value: Authorized: 15,000,000
shares; Issued: 5,265,158............................... 16,232 16,232
Retained earnings......................................... 98,474 102,414
Cost of Common Stock in treasury
Class A: 1997 -- 844,662; 1996 -- 844,555 shares........ (3,977) (3,976)
Class B: 1997 -- 720,586; 1996 -- 720,303 shares........ (3,511) (3,500)
Additional minimum pension liability...................... -- (1,258)
Notes receivable -- stock options......................... (322) (306)
-------- --------
Total Shareholders' Equity......................... 115,448 118,158
-------- --------
$395,631 $387,294
======== ========
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-4
<PAGE> 101
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS A CLASS B COST OF
COMMON COMMON RETAINED STOCK IN
STOCK STOCK EARNINGS TREASURY OTHER TOTAL
------- ------- -------- -------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at April 2, 1994................. $8,552 $15,461 $92,204 $(6,070) $ (353) $109,794
Net income............................. 8,573 8,573
Cash dividends declared................ (3,699) (3,699)
Issuance of shares -- Crystal Catering
acquisition......................... 513 415 928
Repurchase of 125,425 shares........... (1,323) (1,323)
Other.................................. 41 41
------ ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Balance at April 1, 1995................. 8,552 15,974 97,078 (6,978) (312) 114,314
Net income............................. 9,033 9,033
Cash dividends declared................ (3,696) (3,696)
Issuance of shares -- Martz &
Associates acquisition.............. 258 198 456
Repurchase of 62,250 shares............ (696) (696)
Additional minimum pension liability... (1,258) (1,258)
Other.................................. (1) 6 5
------ ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Balance at March 30, 1996................ 8,552 16,232 102,414 (7,476) (1,564) 118,158
Net loss............................... (244) (244)
Cash dividends declared................ (3,694) (3,694)
Restricted stock grant of 500 shares... (2) 2 --
Repurchase of 2,390 shares............. (28) (28)
Exercise of stock options -- 1,500
shares.............................. 14 14
Minimum pension liability reversal..... 1,258 1,258
Other.................................. (16) (16)
------ ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Balance at March 29, 1997................ $8,552 $16,232 $98,474 $(7,488) $ (322) $115,448
====== ======= ======= ======= ======= ========
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-5
<PAGE> 102
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
--------------------------------
MARCH 29, MARCH 30, APRIL 1,
1997 1996 1995
--------- --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Operating Activities
Net income (loss)......................................... $ (244) $ 9,033 $ 8,573
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization.......................... 23,729 18,957 18,476
Amortization of other assets........................... 5,343 5,488 6,408
Increase (decrease) in deferred income taxes........... (1,724) 219 (1,464)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable.................................. (1,844) (5,673) (2,097)
Inventories.......................................... 1,484 (7,338) 4,358
Prepaid expenses and recoverable income taxes........ (1,178) 916 919
Accounts payable and accrued expenses................ 5,895 5,148 414
Other operating activities............................. (1,069) 346 (388)
-------- ------- -------
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities......... 30,392 27,096 35,199
Investing Activities
Acquisition of property, equipment and land held for
expansion.............................................. (33,594) (22,736) (30,607)
Disposition of property, equipment and land held for
expansion.............................................. 3,827 2,045 2,835
Other investing activities, principally acquisition of
rental video tapes..................................... (3,400) (4,397) (6,803)
-------- ------- -------
Net Cash Used for Investing Activities............ (33,167) (25,088) (34,575)
Financing Activities
Proceeds (repayments) of short-term borrowings............ (4,245) 8,000 3,000
Proceeds of long-term borrowings.......................... 47,580 68,200 10,000
Payments of long-term debt and capital lease
obligations............................................ (37,141) (76,357) (17,345)
Purchase of Class A and Class B Common Stock for
treasury............................................... (28) (696) (1,323)
Cash dividends paid....................................... (3,697) (3,699) (3,702)
Other financing activities................................ 13 -- --
-------- ------- -------
Net Cash Provided by (Used for) Financing
Activities...................................... 2,482 (4,552) (9,370)
Net Decrease in Cash and Equivalents........................ (293) (2,544) (8,746)
Cash and equivalents at beginning of year................... 12,822 15,366 24,112
-------- ------- -------
Cash and Equivalents at End of Year......................... $ 12,529 $12,822 $15,366
======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-6
<PAGE> 103
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS OR AS OTHERWISE NOTED)
NOTE A -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Significant accounting policies followed in preparation of the consolidated
financial statements are:
FISCAL YEAR
The Company's fiscal year ends on Saturday of the thirteenth week of each
calendar year. All references herein to "1997", "1996" and "1995" relate to the
fiscal years ended March 29, 1997, March 30, 1996 and April 1, 1995,
respectively.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Marsh
Supermarkets, Inc. and all majority-owned subsidiaries ("the Company").
Investments in partnerships are accounted for by the equity method. Significant
inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The Company is
principally involved in a single significant business segment, the distribution
and retail sale of food and related products through supermarkets, convenience
stores and food services.
USE OF ESTIMATES
Preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. The more significant estimates include allowances
for doubtful accounts, provisions for self-insurance losses and income taxes.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS
Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with a maturity of
three months or less when purchased. The carrying amount approximates fair value
of these assets.
INVENTORIES
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined
by the last-in, first-out ("LIFO") method for the principal components of
inventories, and by the first-in, first-out ("FIFO") method for the remainder
(see Note B).
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment are stated at cost, including a provision for
capitalized interest. For financial reporting purposes, depreciation is computed
by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. For
income tax purposes, accelerated methods and statutory lives are used to compute
depreciation.
CAPITALIZED LEASE PROPERTY
Capitalized lease assets are amortized using the straight-line method over
the term of the lease or in accordance with practices established for similar
owned assets if ownership transfers to the Company at the end of the lease term.
Amortization is included with depreciation expense.
EXCISE TAXES
Sales and cost of merchandise sold include state and federal excise taxes
on tobacco, gasoline and alcohol products of approximately $97 million, $91
million and $86 million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
F-7
<PAGE> 104
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
ADVERTISING COSTS
Advertising communication costs are expensed in the period incurred and
production costs are expensed the first time the advertising is distributed.
Advertising expenses in the amounts of $16.0 million, $16.6 million, and $13.8
million were recorded for 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
COSTS OF OPENING STORES
Non-capital expenditures associated with opening new stores are expensed as
incurred.
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Earnings per share are presented on a "primary" and "fully diluted" basis.
"Primary" shares are based on the weighted average number of shares of common
stock outstanding and the shares equivalent effect of dilutive stock options.
"Fully diluted" shares consider the dilutive effect of stock options and the
conversion of convertible debentures.
INCOME TAXES
Deferred tax assets and liabilities result from differences between
financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, measured using
enacted tax rates and laws expected to be in effect when the differences
reverse.
ACCOUNTING CHANGES
Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company adopted FAS 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived
Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of," in the first quarter of
1997. The Statement establishes accounting standards for recognizing and
measuring impairment of long-lived assets, and requires reducing the carrying
amount of any impaired assets to fair value. Adoption of FAS 121 resulted in a
charge to earnings of $4.6 million, net of tax, primarily related to the
adjustment of building and equipment carrying costs and leases of eight
supermarkets and twelve convenience stores. The Company estimated fair value
based on its experience in the acquisition and disposal of similar assets. The
charge is reflected in income as follows: $2.6 million ($1.6 million net of tax)
in selling, general and administrative expenses, and $4.9 million ($3.0 million
net of tax) in depreciation and amortization. The Company expects prospective
earnings to improve approximately $900,000 annually ($565,000 after tax, or $.06
per fully diluted share) as a result of adopting FAS 121. Prior to the adoption
of FAS 121, the Company reviewed assets at the marketing area level, while FAS
121 prescribes identifying the impairment of assets at the lowest level where
cash flows can be measured, and accordingly, upon adoption, the Company
evaluated possible impairment store-by-store.
Measurement of expected future cash flows is highly subjective, and the
long-term effects of thirty-three competitive openings since 1994 were not
immediately measurable, but required some passage of time before sales levels at
the affected stores could be determined. The Company continues to evaluate other
locations where the long-term effects of competitive openings have not been
fully determined.
Accounting for Stock Based Compensation
In October 1995, FAS 123 "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation" was
issued. The Statement prescribes accounting and reporting standards for all
stock-based compensation plans. FAS 123 allows companies to continue using
existing methods for recognizing the expense of those plans and provide pro
forma disclosures in the financial statements and earnings per share using the
fair value method prescribed in the statement.
F-8
<PAGE> 105
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Earnings Per Share
In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
128, "Earnings per Share," which is required to be adopted for interim and
annual financial statements ending after December 15, 1997. At that time, the
Company will be required to change the method currently used to compute earnings
per share and to restate all prior periods. Under the new requirements for
calculating primary earnings per share, the dilutive effect of stock options
will be excluded. The impact of FAS 128 on the calculation of primary and fully
diluted earnings per share for 1997 and 1996 is not expected to be material.
ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES
The Company recognizes environmental liabilities when environmental
assessments indicate remedial efforts are required and the costs can be
reasonably estimated. Estimates of liability are based on all currently known
facts, prior remediation experience, existing technology, and presently enacted
federal and state statutes, ordinances and regulations concerning the storage
and dispensing of petroleum products. These estimated liabilities are subject to
revision in future periods as actual costs and new information becomes known.
The liabilities are recorded in the balance sheet at their undiscounted amounts,
and do not consider any potential recovery the Company may receive from either
the Indiana Underground Storage Tank Excess Liability fund, which reimburses
owners and operators of underground storage tanks ("USTs") for a portion of the
costs incurred in connection with the remediation of soil and groundwater
contamination, or from third parties that may be responsible for all or part of
the contamination.
Current environmental laws and regulations require the removal or
abandonment of USTs at 20 village Pantry locations prior to December 1998.
Earlier removal or abandonment is required in the event any UST fails any leak
detection test, which the Company performs at least annually. All USTs at these
locations passed the most recent leak detection tests in calendar 1996, which
results were consistent with data from the Company's established petroleum
product inventory control program.
The Company is aware of the existence of petroleum contamination at
twenty-one Village Pantry locations and has commenced remediation at each of
these sites. The cost of remediation varies significantly depending on the
extent, source and location of the contamination, geological and hydrological
conditions and other factors. The cost to remove or abandon the remaining USTs
and to remediate known contamination at those locations has been estimated at
approximately $849,000. The Company has charged this amount to earnings.
The Company currently estimates the maximum aggregate cost remaining to be
incurred in connection with compliance with existing environmental laws and
regulations applicable to owners and operators of USTs will not exceed
approximately $1.1 million through December 1998.
RECLASSIFICATIONS
Certain items in the 1996 and 1995 consolidated financial statements were
reclassified to conform with the presentation used in 1997.
F-9
<PAGE> 106
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
NOTE B -- INVENTORIES
Inventories valued by the LIFO method represented approximately 76% and 78%
of consolidated inventories at March 29, 1997 and March 30, 1996, respectively.
Current inventory cost exceeded the carrying amount of LIFO inventories by $17.6
million at March 29, 1997, and $18.2 million at March 30, 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
NOTE C -- DEBT ARRANGEMENTS
Long-term debt consisted of the following:
Notes payable to insurance companies:
8.54% Senior Notes, unsecured............................. $ 35,000 $ 35,000
8.13% Senior Notes, unsecured............................. 10,909 12,273
9.48% Senior Notes, unsecured............................. 17,500 20,000
10.05% notes.............................................. 18,897 19,603
9.05% notes............................................... 19,630 20,313
7% convertible subordinated debentures...................... 19,909 20,000
Economic development bond................................... 1,979 2,107
6.4% (average rate) mortgage notes, due in installments
through 1999.............................................. 2,873 3,394
Revolving credit agreements................................. 20,000 2,220
Other....................................................... 809 1,119
Less current maturities..................................... (6,242) (6,175)
-------- --------
$141,264 $129,854
======== ========
</TABLE>
The 8.54% notes are payable in installments of $3.5 million due each
December 31 from 1998 to 2007.
The 8.13% notes are payable in installments of $1.4 million due each
December 31 through 2004.
The 9.48% notes are payable in installments of $2.5 million due each June
30 through 2003.
The 10.05% notes are payable in monthly installments (principal and
interest) of $220,000 through 2009.
The 9.05% notes are payable in quarterly installments (principal and
interest) of $625,000 through 2011. In 2000, the Company or lender may initiate
an interest rate renegotiation or require retirement of the notes.
The 7% convertible subordinated debentures mature February 15, 2003. They
are convertible, at the holder's option at any time, into Class B Common Stock
at a conversion price of $15.50 per share. They are redeemable, at the Company's
option, at declining prices which started at 103.5% of the principal amount in
1996. The debentures are subordinate to all present and future senior
indebtedness.
The economic development bond bears interest at 8.25%, and is due in
monthly installments of $25,000 (principal and interest) through 2006.
Land and buildings with a net carrying amount of approximately $45 million
are pledged as collateral to the 10.05% notes, the 9.05% notes, the economic
development bond and the mortgage notes.
The Company guarantees a $1.5 million portion of two mortgages for a 25%
owned, unconsolidated subsidiary.
As of March 29, 1997 and March 30, 1996, the carrying amounts of long-term
debt, including current maturities, were $147.5 million and $136.0 million,
respectively. The estimated fair value, determined using a discounted cash flow
method and estimated current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of
borrowings, exceeds the carrying amount by $4.3 million, as of March 29, 1997,
and $7.8 million as of March 30, 1996.
F-10
<PAGE> 107
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
The fair value of each obligation is:
Notes payable to insurance companies:
8.54% Senior Notes, unsecured............................. $ 37,461 $ 37,896
8.13% Senior Notes, unsecured............................. 10,979 12,527
9.48% Senior Notes, unsecured............................. 18,543 21,531
10.05% notes.............................................. 20,636 21,932
9.05% notes............................................... 20,227 21,422
7% convertible subordinated debentures...................... 18,137 19,730
Economic development bond................................... 2,240 2,239
6.4% (average rate) mortgage notes, due in installments
through 1999.............................................. 2,873 3,400
Revolving credit agreements................................. 20,000 2,220
Other....................................................... 734 980
Less current maturities..................................... (6,242) (6,175)
-------- --------
$145,588 $137,702
======== ========
</TABLE>
Several of the loan agreements require maintenance of minimum working
capital and limit cash dividends, repurchases of common stock, future
indebtedness, lease obligations, investments, and disposition of assets. Under
the most restrictive covenant, retained earnings available for payment of
dividends was approximately $19 million at March 29, 1997.
The Company's revolving credit agreements permit borrowings up to $40
million. On August 1 of each year, either the Company or the banks may elect not
to renew the arrangements, in which event revolving credit borrowings would
convert to term loans payable in twenty quarterly installments, on the following
July 31. Interest is based on various money market rates selected by the Company
at the time of borrowing. The Company pays a commitment fee of 1/4% on unused
amounts.
The Company has commitments from various banks for short-term borrowings of
up to $20 million at rates at or below the prime rates of the committed banks,
of which $11 million, at an average rate of 6.2%, was utilized at March 29,
1997. This compares to $15 million at an average rate of 5.8%, utilized at March
30, 1996.
Aggregate principal payments of long-term debt outstanding at March 29,
1997 for the succeeding five years and thereafter are:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1998........................................................ $ 6,242
1999........................................................ 9,927
2000........................................................ 10,013
2001........................................................ 9,997
2002........................................................ 10,215
Thereafter.................................................. 101,112
</TABLE>
F-11
<PAGE> 108
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Interest expense consisted of:
Long-term debt............................... $12,141 $12,016 $12,059
Capital lease obligations.................... 641 991 1,214
Other........................................ 248 80 19
------- ------- -------
Total interest expense............... $13,030 $13,087 $13,292
======= ======= =======
Interest capitalized........................... $ 528 $ 714 $ 555
======= ======= =======
Cash payments for interest..................... $13,511 $13,632 $13,690
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
The senior note agreements preclude the Company from becoming obligated, as
a lessee, under any operating lease having an original term greater than three
years, unless at the time the lease is entered into, consolidated income
available for fixed charges, as defined by the agreement, exceeds 150% of the
current four year average of fixed charges in three of the four most recently
completed years. As of March 29, 1997; two of the four most recently completed
years had consolidated income available for fixed charges in excess of 150% of
fixed charges. Accordingly, the Company will not be able to enter into any lease
with a term of more than three years in 1998.
NOTE D -- LEASES
Of the Company's 270 retail stores, 113 are commercial lease agreements
providing for initial terms generally from 15 to 20 years with options to extend
the initial terms up to an additional 20 years.
In addition, one supermarket is leased under an equity lease arrangement
where ownership transfers to the Company at lease expiration. The net carrying
amount at March 29, 1997, included in capitalized lease property, was $627,000.
The Company also leases a portion of its transportation and store equipment for
periods of from three to eight years plus renewal and purchase options.
Capitalized lease property consisted of store facilities having a net
carrying cost of $3.1 million at March 29, 1997, and $3.8 million at March 30,
1996.
Future minimum lease payments for capital and operating leases with terms
in excess of one year, and the present value of capital lease obligations, at
March 29, 1997, were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CAPITAL OPERATING
LEASES LEASES
------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
1998........................................................ $1,181 $16,887
1999........................................................ 1,141 15,390
2000........................................................ 1,264 14,272
2001........................................................ 639 10,617
2002........................................................ 621 8,189
Later years................................................. 2,899 21,315
------ -------
7,745 $86,670
=======
Less:
Estimated executory costs................................. 60
Amounts representing interest............................. 2,665
------
Present value of net minimum lease payments................. $5,020
======
</TABLE>
F-12
<PAGE> 109
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Minimum annual lease payments will be reduced by $5.7 million from future
sublease rentals due over the term of the subleases.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Rental expense consisted of:
Minimum rentals..................................... $21,719 $22,017 $19,991
Contingent rentals.................................. 151 147 139
Sublease rental income.............................. (1,715) (2,217) (2,023)
------- ------- -------
$20,155 $19,947 $18,107
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
NOTE E -- RETIREMENT PLANS
Historically, the Company has operated a qualified defined benefit plan
covering the majority of its non-union employees and an unfunded supplemental
retirement plan that covers eligible corporate officers, as designated by the
Board of Directors. The benefit formula, under the qualified plan, is based upon
years of service and the highest consecutive four years of earnings during the
last ten years worked. The benefits under both plans are similar; however, the
supplemental plan takes into consideration compensation in excess of amounts
that can be recognized under the qualified plan.
On December 31, 1996, the Company froze benefit accruals under its
qualified defined benefit plan and announced the creation of a new discretionary
profit-sharing plan. As a result of freezing the pension plan, the Company
recorded a pre-tax net pension curtailment loss of $2.4 million in the first
quarter of 1997, in addition to the $1.8 million net pension expense reported
for 1997.
The Company's funding policy with regard to the qualified defined benefit
plan is consistent with federal laws and regulations. The Company contributed
$2.2 million and $1.9 million to the qualified defined benefit plan in 1997 and
1996, respectively. Plan assets consist principally of listed stocks, corporate
and government notes and bonds, and 92,675 shares each of Class A and Class B
Common Stock of the Company. At March 29, 1997, the Company's Common Stock in
the qualified defined benefit plan had a market value of $2.4 million. The
supplemental plan is unfunded. The actuarial present value of the projected
benefit obligation under the supplemental plan was $4.9 million and $3.5 million
at March 29, 1997 and March 30, 1996, respectively.
F-13
<PAGE> 110
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
The funded status of the plans and amounts recognized in the consolidated
balance sheets were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996
------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Actuarial present value of obligations:
Vested benefits........................................... $38,962 $35,357
Nonvested benefits........................................ 2,083 3,508
------- -------
Accumulated benefit obligation.............................. 41,045 38,865
Effect of projected salary increases........................ 2,016 7,832
------- -------
Projected benefit obligation................................ 43,061 46,697
Plan assets at fair value................................... 38,649 34,570
------- -------
Funded status..................................... (4,412) (12,127)
Unrecognized net loss (gain) from past experience different
from that assumed......................................... (637) 12,614
Unrecognized net obligation (asset) at adoption............. 89 (1,938)
Unrecognized prior service (benefit) cost................... 1,238 (518)
Additional minimum liability................................ -- (2,007)
------- -------
Accrued pension cost...................................... $(3,722) $(3,976)
======= =======
</TABLE>
The components of net pension expense included:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Service cost of benefits earned....................... $ 1,510 $ 1,784 $ 1,921
Interest on projected benefit obligation.............. 3,267 3,154 2,867
Actual return on plan assets.......................... (3,590) (5,161) (1,436)
Net amortization and deferral......................... 606 2,703 (1,026)
------- ------- -------
Net pension expense................................... $ 1,793 $ 2,480 $ 2,326
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
The following actuarial assumptions were used to compute net pension
expense and funded status of the plans:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Discount rate............................................... 8.00% 7.65% 8.30%
Rate of increase in compensation............................ 3.50 3.50 3.50
Expected long-term rate of return on assets................. 9.00 9.00 10.00
</TABLE>
The 0.35% change in discount rate decreased the projected benefit
obligation at March 29, 1997 by approximately $4.0 million.
The Company participates in a multi-employer plan that provides defined
benefits to its union employees. Company expense for this plan (in thousands)
amounted to $671, $648, and $583 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
The Company provides two defined contribution savings plans. These plans
allow 401(k) contributions covering employees who work a minimum of 1,000 hours
per year, are age 21 or older and elect to participate. The plans provide
additional financial security during retirement by offering employees an
incentive to make tax advantaged contributions to a savings plan. Company
expense for these plans (in millions) was $1.3, $1.3, and $1.1 in 1997, 1996 and
1995, respectively.
F-14
<PAGE> 111
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
NOTE F -- POSTRETIREMENT HEALTH BENEFITS
The Company provides certain postretirement health care benefits for its
non-union retirees and their eligible spouses. The plans are contributory with
retiree contributions adjusted annually and certain other cost sharing features,
such as deductibles and coinsurance. Eligibility for these benefits is generally
limited to retirees, who are at least age 55 and less than age 65, with ten or
more years of vested service. Optional spousal coverage continues for the lesser
of five years after retirement or until the spouse reaches age 65. Benefits
generally cease after reaching age 65, at which time the retiree or spouse is
generally eligible for Medicare.
The amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet for the Company's
contributory defined benefit postretirement plans were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996
------ ------
<S> <C> <C>
Accumulated participants benefit obligation:
Current retirees.......................................... $ 534 $ 548
Fully eligible active plan participants................... 915 787
Other active plan participants............................ 810 919
------ ------
Total benefit obligation.......................... 2,259 2,254
Unrecognized gain........................................... 1,144 986
------ ------
Accrued postretirement benefit cost......................... $3,403 $3,240
====== ======
Net postretirement benefit expense includes:
Service cost of benefits earned during the year........... $ 215 $ 185
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation............. 161 167
Net amortization and deferral............................. (73) (68)
------ ------
$ 303 $ 284
====== ======
</TABLE>
For measurement purposes, the weighted average discount rate used in
determining the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation and related
expense was 8.00% and 7.65% for 1997 and 1996, respectively. The Company's
assumed healthcare cost trend rate is 11% for 1998, decreasing gradually to 6%
by 2012, and thereafter. If these trend rates increased by one percentage point
each year, the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation and expense would
have increased by approximately 9%.
F-15
<PAGE> 112
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
NOTE G -- INCOME TAXES
The following are components of deferred tax assets and liabilities:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996
------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Compensation and benefit accruals......................... $ 3,406 $ 3,856
Self insurance reserves................................... 2,593 2,156
Investment in partnerships................................ 863 614
Provision for doubtful accounts........................... 332 362
Contribution carryforward................................. 471 209
EPA remediation reserves.................................. 314 284
Other..................................................... 777 165
------- --------
Total deferred tax assets......................... 8,756 7,646
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment, including leased property......... (12,330) (14,034)
Prepaid employee benefits................................. (254) (544)
Inventory................................................. (3,023) (1,065)
Other..................................................... (363) (193)
------- --------
Total deferred tax liabilities.................... (15,970) (15,836)
------- --------
Net deferred tax liability.................................. $(7,214) $ (8,190)
======= ========
</TABLE>
Income tax expense (credit) consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current -- Federal......................................... $ 526 $4,209 $4,023
State.......................................... 445 887 964
Deferred -- Federal......................................... (849) 158 (725)
State........................................... (127) (3) (45)
------ ------ ------
$ (5) $5,251 $4,217
====== ====== ======
Cash Payments............................................... $1,807 $5,428 $5,947
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
A reconciliation of income tax expense (credit) is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
----- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Federal statutory tax rate.................................. $ (96) $4,999 $4,477
State and local, net of federal tax benefit................. 206 575 597
New jobs and other tax credits.............................. (37) (125) (366)
Contributions............................................... (274) (304) (501)
Non deductible expenditures................................. 114 81 25
Other....................................................... 82 25 (15)
----- ------ ------
Total income tax expense (credit)................. $ (5) $5,251 $4,217
===== ====== ======
</TABLE>
NOTE H -- SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND EMPLOYEE STOCK PLANS
COMMON STOCK
Class A Common Stock has one vote per share; Class B Common Stock is
non-voting except with respect to certain matters affecting the rights and
preferences of that class. Each class is entitled to equal per share
F-16
<PAGE> 113
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
dividends and consideration in any merger, consolidation or liquidation of the
Company. A person who, subsequent to May 15, 1991, acquires 10% or more of
outstanding Class A Common Stock without acquiring a like percentage of Class B
Common Stock must make a public tender offer to acquire additional Class B
Common Stock. Failure to do so results in suspension of the voting rights of the
Class A Common Stock held by such person.
STOCK OPTION PLANS AND SHARES RESERVED
The 1991 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (as amended in May 1995) reserves
750,000 shares of common stock, in any combination of Class A and Class B, for
the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock,
deferred stock, stock purchase rights and/or other stock-based awards. Grants
made under this plan represent non-qualified options. Substantially all grants
were at market value at date of grant. They become exercisable pro-rata over a
four year period beginning one year from date of grant and expire 10 years from
date of grant.
Grants made prior to 1992 were under the 1987 Stock Option Plan at prices
equal to 85% of market value at date of grant. They are exercisable pro-rata
over a four year period and expire 10 years from date of grant. The 1987 plan
authorized 375,000 shares for grants of options; no further grants may be made
under the 1987 Plan.
At the 1992 Annual Meeting, shareholders approved the 1992 Stock Option
Plan for Outside Directors under which 50,000 shares of Class B Common Stock
were reserved for the grant of stock options and restricted stock to
non-employee directors. Options were granted at fair market value at date of
grant. The options become exercisable and restrictions lapse in equal
installments, on the date of each of the two Annual Meetings following the date
of grant and expire 10 years from date of grant. Additionally, 3,500 shares of
restricted stock have been issued.
A summary of the Company's stock option activity follows (price is weighted
average exercise price; options are in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS A SHARES CLASS B SHARES
----------------- -----------------
PRICE OPTIONS PRICE OPTIONS
------ ------- ------ -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Outstanding at April 2, 1994.................... $12.73 168 $13.13 344
Granted....................................... -- -- 9.51 133
Forfeited..................................... 13.38 (5) 12.64 (19)
--- ---
Outstanding at April 1, 1995.................... 12.71 163 12.10 458
Granted....................................... 13.50 355 12.25 5
--- ---
Outstanding at March 30, 1996................... 13.26 518 12.10 463
Granted....................................... 13.50 10 10.50 4
Exercised..................................... -- -- 9.50 (2)
Forfeited..................................... 12.86 (33) 12.73 (53)
--- ---
Outstanding at March 29, 1997................... $13.28 495 $12.01 412
=== ===
</TABLE>
F-17
<PAGE> 114
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Related stock option information is as follows (options are in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Exercisable at the end of the year
Class A shares............................................ 227 163 163
Class B shares............................................ 345 361 287
Weighted average exercise price
Class A shares............................................ $13.03 $12.71 $12.71
Class B shares............................................ 12.47 12.79 13.07
Weighted average fair value of options granted during the
year
Class A shares............................................ $13.50 $13.50 $ --
Class B shares............................................ 10.50 12.25 9.51
</TABLE>
At March 29, 1997, the range of option exercise prices for Class A shares
was $10.63 to $13.81 and for Class B shares was $9.50 to $15.50, and the
weighted-average remaining contractual life of those options for Class A and
Class B shares was 6.8 years and 4.7 years, respectively.
The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.
25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" (APB 25) and related
interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options because, as
discussed below, the alternative fair value accounting provided for under FAS
123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," requires use of option valuation
models that were not developed for use in valuing employee stock options. Under
APB 25, because the exercise price of the Company's employee stock options
equals the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no
compensation expense is recognized.
Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is
required by FAS 123, and has been determined as if the Company had accounted for
its employee stock options under the fair value method of that Statement. The
fair value of these options was estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing
model with the following assumptions for 1997; a risk-free interest rate of
6.8%; dividend yield of 3.3%, a volatility factor of the expected market price
of the Company's common stock of .26; and a weighted-average expected life of
the option of nine years.
The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in
estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions
and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the
input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price
volatility. Because the Company's employee stock options have characteristics
significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the
subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair market estimate, in
management's opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable
single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.
Had compensation cost for the Company's stock option grants been determined
based on the fair market value consistent with the method of FAS 123, the
Company's net earnings would have been reduced by $201,000 and $79,000 for 1997
and 1996, respectively. Both primary and fully diluted earnings per share would
have been reduced $.02 in 1997 and $.01 in 1996.
The Company presently holds notes receivable totaling $322,000 from four
employees of the Company. The notes arose when the Company loaned the employees
money to exercise stock options under an expired 1980 plan. The notes bear
interest at 6% per annum, are due on May 28, 1998, and are collateralized by the
shares. The amount of the receivable is shown on the balance sheet as a
reduction of equity.
As of March 29, 1997, a total of 1,290,323 shares of Class B Common Stock
is reserved for conversion of debentures, 135,300 shares in any combination of
Class A and Class B are reserved for future awards under the 1991 Plan, and
28,500 shares of Class B are reserved under the Stock Option Plan for Outside
Directors.
F-18
<PAGE> 115
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
CHANGES IN SHARES OUTSTANDING
Changes in shares issued and treasury shares during the three years ended
March 29, 1997, were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS A CLASS B
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Issued shares:
Balance at April 1, 1995, March 30, 1996 and March 29,
1997................................................... 4,695,253 5,265,158
Treasury shares:
Balance at April 2, 1994.................................. 762,655 755,754
Acquisition of shares.................................. 54,875 70,550
Issuance of shares -- Crystal Catering acquisition..... -- (97,810)
--------- ---------
Balance at April 1, 1995.................................. 817,530 728,494
Acquisition of shares.................................. 27,025 35,225
Issuance of shares -- Martz & Associates acquisition... -- (43,416)
--------- ---------
Balance at March 30, 1996................................. 844,555 720,303
Acquisition of shares.................................. 107 2,283
Stock options exercised................................ -- (1,500)
Restricted stock grant................................. -- (500)
--------- ---------
Balance at March 29, 1997................................... 844,662 720,586
--------- ---------
Net outstanding at March 29, 1997........................... 3,850,591 4,544,572
========= =========
</TABLE>
SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN
Under the 1989 Shareholder Rights Plan, preferred stock purchase rights
("Rights") were distributed as a dividend at the rate of one Right for each
common share held. Each Right entitles a shareholder to buy one one-hundredth of
a share of Series A Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock of the
Company at an exercise price of $65. The Rights will be exercisable only if a
person or group acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of either class of
the Company's common stock or commences a tender or exchange offer upon
consummation of which such person or group would beneficially own 20% or more of
either class of the Company's common stock. If any person becomes the beneficial
owner of 20% or more of either class of the Company's common stock, or if a 20%
or more shareholder engages in certain self-dealing transactions or a merger
transaction with the Company in which the Company is the surviving corporation
and its common shares are not changed or converted, then each Right not owned by
such person or related parties will entitle its holder to purchase, at the
Right's then-current exercise price, shares of common stock (or, in certain
circumstances as determined by the Board, cash, property or other securities of
the Company) having a value of twice the Right's exercise price. In addition, if
the Company is involved in a merger or other business combination transaction
with another person in which its common stock is changed or converted, or sells
50% or more of its assets or earning power to another person, each Right will
entitle its holder to purchase, at the Right's then-current exercise price,
common shares of such other person having a value of twice the Right's exercise
price. The Company will generally be entitled to redeem the rights at $.01 per
Right, at any time until the 15th day following public announcement that a 20%
position has been acquired. The Rights expire on July 31, 1999.
NOTE I -- ACQUISITIONS
On January 1, 1995, the Company purchased the assets of the Crystal
Catering and affiliated companies, the largest caterer in Indianapolis. The
purchase price of $4.8 million included; (i) $2.4 million cash, (ii) a $1.4
million note payable to Crystal, and (iii) issuance of 97,810 shares of Class B
Common Stock, valued at
F-19
<PAGE> 116
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
$1.0 million. An additional $900,000 adjustment is contingent on the cumulative
performance of Crystal Food Services in achieving specified profitability levels
for 1996, 1997 and 1998. In the event the contingent payment is earned, it will
be treated as a purchase price adjustment and recorded when earned. Goodwill,
resulting from this acquisition in the amount of $4.0 million, is being
amortized using the straight-line method over a twenty year life.
On May 1, 1995, the Company purchased the assets of Martz & Associates Food
Services, Inc., an Indianapolis vending and cafeteria management services firm.
The purchase price included $1.0 million cash and 43,416 shares of Class B
Common Stock; valued at $456,000. Goodwill, resulting from this acquisition in
the amount of $568,000, is being amortized using the straight-line method over a
twenty year life.
F-20
<PAGE> 117
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
12 WEEKS ENDED
-------------------
JUNE 21, JUNE 22,
1997 1996
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Sales and other revenues.................................... $343,924 $335,844
Cost of merchandise sold, including warehousing and
transportation............................................ 260,147 254,598
-------- --------
Gross profit................................................ 83,777 81,246
Selling, general and administrative......................... 72,263 80,736
Depreciation and amortization............................... 4,376 9,064
-------- --------
Operating profit (loss)..................................... 7,138 (8,554)
Interest and debt expense amortization...................... 3,063 3,014
-------- --------
Income (loss) before income taxes........................... 4,075 (11,568)
Income taxes (credit)....................................... 1,176 (4,456)
-------- --------
Net Income (Loss)................................. $ 2,899 $ (7,112)
======== ========
Earnings (Loss) Per Share:
Primary................................................... $ .34 $ (.85)
======== ========
Fully diluted............................................. $ .32 $ (.85)
======== ========
Dividends Per Share......................................... $ .11 $ .11
======== ========
</TABLE>
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-21
<PAGE> 118
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 21, MARCH 29, JUNE 22,
1997 1997 1996
----------- --------- -----------
(UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and equivalents...................................... $ 9,802 $ 12,529 $ 11,453
Accounts receivable....................................... 25,104 25,634 26,118
Inventories, less LIFO reserve; June 21, 1997 -- $17,652;
March 29, 1997 -- $17,592; June 22, 1996 -- $18,453.... 94,456 88,262 89,861
Prepaid expenses.......................................... 5,217 5,362 4,217
Recoverable income taxes.................................. 745 941 3,677
Deferred income taxes..................................... 710 650 1,748
-------- -------- --------
Total current assets.............................. 136,034 133,378 137,074
Property and equipment, less allowances for depreciation.... 230,783 232,681 229,112
Other assets................................................ 30,578 29,572 21,922
-------- -------- --------
$397,395 $395,631 $388,108
======== ======== ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Notes payable to bank..................................... $ 9,500 $ 10,755 $ 15,000
Accounts payable.......................................... 55,075 54,132 54,800
Accrued liabilities....................................... 39,246 42,140 41,003
Current maturities of long-term liabilities............... 6,842 7,097 7,183
-------- -------- --------
Total current liabilities......................... 110,663 114,124 117,986
Long-term liabilities:
Long-term debt............................................ 145,064 141,264 132,036
Capital lease obligations................................. 4,031 4,165 4,903
-------- -------- --------
Total long-term liabilities....................... 149,095 145,429 136,939
Deferred items:
Income taxes........................................... 7,616 7,865 9,581
Other.................................................. 12,623 12,765 12,246
-------- -------- --------
Total deferred items.............................. 20,239 20,630 21,827
Shareholders' Equity:
Common stock, Classes A and B............................. 24,784 24,784 24,784
Retained earnings......................................... 100,451 98,474 94,379
Cost of common stock in treasury.......................... (7,511) (7,488) (7,497)
Notes receivable -- stock options......................... (326) (322) (310)
-------- -------- --------
Total shareholders' equity........................ 117,398 115,448 111,356
-------- -------- --------
$397,395 $395,631 $388,108
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-22
<PAGE> 119
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
12 WEEKS ENDED
-------------------
JUNE 21, JUNE 22,
1997 1996
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)........................................... $ 2,899 $ (7,112)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization............................. 4,376 9,064
Amortization of other assets.............................. 1,131 1,159
Changes in operating assets and liabilities............... (7,583) (895)
Other..................................................... (1,351) 2,331
------- --------
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities........ (528) 4,547
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Net acquisition of property, equipment and land............. (2,420) (6,737)
Other investing activities.................................. (1,009) (269)
------- --------
Net cash used for investing activities...................... (3,429) (7,006)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Payments of short-term borrowing, net....................... (1,255) --
Proceeds of long-term borrowing............................. 8,000 13,780
Payments of long-term debt and capital leases............... (4,589) (11,745)
Purchase of shares for treasury............................. (23) (21)
Cash dividends paid......................................... (922) (924)
Other financing activities.................................. 19 --
------- --------
Net cash provided by financing activities................... 1,230 1,090
Net decrease in cash and equivalents........................ (2,727) (1,369)
Cash and equivalents at beginning of period................. 12,529 12,822
------- --------
Cash and equivalents at end of period....................... $ 9,802 $ 11,453
======= ========
</TABLE>
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-23
<PAGE> 120
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS OR AS OTHERWISE NOTED)
JUNE 21, 1997
NOTE A -- BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of
Marsh Supermarkets, Inc. and subsidiaries were prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information.
Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes necessary for
a fair presentation of financial position, results of operations, and cash flows
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. This report should
be read in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements for
the year ended March 29, 1997. The balance sheet at March 29, 1997, has been
derived from the audited financial statements at that date.
The Company's fiscal year ends on Saturday of the thirteenth week of each
calendar year. All references to "1998" and "1997" relate to the fiscal years
ending March 28, 1998 and March 29, 1997, respectively.
The condensed consolidated financial statements for the twelve week periods
ended June 21, 1997 and June 22, 1996, respectively, were not audited by
independent auditors. Preparation of the financial statements requires
management to make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues and expenses for the reporting periods. In the opinion of
management, the statements reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal
recurring accruals) considered necessary to present fairly, on a condensed
basis, the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the
periods presented.
Operating results for the twelve week period ended June 21, 1997 are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal
year ending March 28, 1998.
NOTE B -- COMMON STOCK
Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock each have 15 million shares
authorized. On June 21, 1997, March 29, 1997 and June 22, 1996, there were
3,849,297, 3,850,698 and 3,850,698 shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding
and 4,544,232, 4,544,855 and 4,543,212 shares of Class B Common Stock
outstanding, respectively.
In June 1995, the Company authorized an increase in its previously
announced stock repurchase plan from $2 million to $4 million. Through June 21,
1997, the Company repurchased 191,721 shares at a cost of $2.1 million. The
Company expects to purchase the remaining shares, from time to time in the open
market, at prices under $14 per share. The total number of shares affected by
this plan would represent approximately 4% of the common shares outstanding.
NOTE C -- ACCOUNTING CHANGES
Effective March 31, 1996, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standard No. 121 ("FAS 121"), "Accounting for the Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of." The statement
establishes accounting standards for recognizing and measuring the impairment of
long-lived assets, and requires reducing the carrying amount of any impaired
asset to fair value. The Company estimated fair values based on its experience
in the acquisition and disposal of similar assets. To reflect the change in
accounting policy, the Company recorded a non-cash charge to operating earnings
of $7.5 million ($4.6 million after tax, or $.47 per fully diluted share) for
the twelve weeks ended June 22, 1996, primarily related to the adjustment of
building and equipment carrying costs and leases of eight supermarkets and
twelve convenience stores, of which $4.9 million is included in depreciation and
amortization, and $2.6 million is included in selling, general and
administrative expenses. The Company expects prospective annual earnings to
improve approximately $900,000 annually ($565,000 after tax, or $0.06 per fully
diluted share) as a result of adopting FAS 121.
F-24
<PAGE> 121
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
NOTE D -- INCOME TAXES
During fiscal 1997, the Company commenced a corporate restructuring
pursuant to which the Company's retail operations were organized as wholly-owned
limited liability companies and the Company's intellectual property was
transferred to a passive investment company. As a result of the restructuring,
the Company anticipates state tax loss carrybacks for the current and two
succeeding fiscal years resulting in significantly lower effective tax rates.
NOTE E -- SUBSEQUENT EVENT
On August 5, 1997, the Company sold $150.0 million of 10-year 8.875% Senior
Subordinated Notes (the "144A Notes") in a private offering under Rule 144A
promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933. The net proceeds to the Company
from the offering of the 144A Notes were approximately $144.1 million, net of an
issue discount and fees and related costs.
The Company used the net proceeds from the offering of the 144A Notes
described above (i) to repay approximately $60.9 million in principal amount of
senior unsecured indebtedness, approximately $0.9 million in accrued interest
and related prepayment fees of approximately $5.0 million; (ii) to repay all
borrowings outstanding under its revolving credit agreements of approximately
$20.1 million; (iii) to repay all borrowings outstanding under notes payable to
banks of approximately $15.0 million; and (iv) for general corporate purposes,
including capital expenditures. Pending application of the $42.2 million of net
proceeds to be used for general corporate purposes, the Company has invested
such proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing securities.
The guarantor subsidiaries are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company and
have fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Notes on a joint and several
basis. The guarantor subsidiaries comprise all of the direct and indirect
subsidiaries of the Company (other than three inconsequential subsidiaries). The
Company has not presented separate financial statements and other disclosures
concerning the guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries because management has
determined that such information is not material to investors.
F-25
<PAGE> 122
======================================================
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE ISSUERS OR ANY OF THE INITIAL PURCHASERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE EXCHANGE
NOTES OR GUARANTEES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS
UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN
IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS
PROSPECTUS OR IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE ISSUERS SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
---------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Available Information................. iii
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
Reference........................... iii
Prospectus Summary.................... 1
Forward-Looking Statements............ 12
Risk Factors.......................... 13
The Exchange Offer.................... 20
Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences of the Exchange
Offer............................... 27
Use of Proceeds....................... 28
Capitalization........................ 28
Selected Consolidated Financial
Data................................ 29
Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations....................... 31
Business.............................. 39
Management............................ 51
Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions........................ 54
Principal Shareholders................ 55
Description of Certain Indebtedness... 56
Description of the Exchange Notes..... 59
Description of Certain Federal Income
Tax Consequences of an Investment in
the Notes........................... 89
Exchange Offer; Registration Rights... 91
Plan of Distribution.................. 93
Legal Matters......................... 93
Experts............................... 93
Index to Consolidated and Unaudited
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements.......................... F-1
</TABLE>
======================================================
======================================================
[MARSH SUPERMARKETS LOGO]
MARSH SUPERMARKETS, INC.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$150,000,000
8 7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED
NOTES DUE 2007, SERIES B
FOR
8 7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED
NOTES DUE 2007
----------------
PROSPECTUS
----------------
OCTOBER 31, 1997
======================================================
